मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स maiwikimedia https://mai.wikimedia.org/wiki/%E0%A4%B8%E0%A4%AE%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AE%E0%A5%81%E0%A4%96_%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE MediaWiki 1.42.0-wmf.20 first-letter मेडिया विशेष वार्ता प्रयोगकर्ता प्रयोगकर्ता वार्ता Wikimedia Wikimedia वार्ता फाइल फाइल वार्ता मेडियाविकि मेडियाविकि वार्ता आकृति आकृति वार्ता मद्दत मद्दत वार्ता श्रेणी श्रेणी वार्ता TimedText TimedText talk मोड्युल मोड्युल वार्ता Translations Translations talk 0 1 1 2017-07-12T11:56:27Z 127.0.0.1 Created page with "==This subdomain is reserved for the creation of a [[wikimedia:Our projects|Wikimedia]] in '''[[w:en:मैथिली|मैथिली]]''' language== * Please '''do not..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==This subdomain is reserved for the creation of a [[wikimedia:Our projects|Wikimedia]] in '''[[w:en:मैथिली|मैथिली]]''' language== * Please '''do not start editing''' this new site. This site has a test project on the [[incubator:|Wikimedia Incubator]] (or on the [[betawikiversity:|Beta Wikiversity]] or on the [[oldwikisource:|Old Wikisource]]) and it will be imported to here. * If you would like to help translating the interface to this language, please do not translate here, but go to [[translatewiki:|translatewiki.net]], a special wiki for translating the interface. That way everyone can use it on every wiki using the [[mw:|same software]]. * For information about how to edit and for other general help, see [[m:Help:Contents|Help on Wikimedia's Meta-Wiki]] or [[mw:Help:Contents|Help on MediaWiki.org]]. == Sister projects == <span class="plainlinks"> [//www.wikipedia.org Wikipedia] | [//www.wiktionary.org Wiktionary] | [//www.wikibooks.org Wikibooks] | [//www.wikinews.org Wikinews] | [//www.wikiquote.org Wikiquote] | [//www.wikisource.org Wikisource] | [//www.wikiversity.org Wikiversity] | [//www.wikivoyage.org Wikivoyage] | [//www.wikidata.org Wikidata] | [//commons.wikimedia.org Commons] </span> See Wikimedia's [[m:|Meta-Wiki]] for the coordination of these projects. b347o2d9f11xs254xlyd21cdpuuxjav 22 1 2017-07-18T07:49:55Z Biplab Anand 1 +Main Page wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' प्रयोगकर्ता समूह}}}</div> || {{Mp-english}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro}} |} [[श्रेणी:मुख्य पृष्ठ]] s33vqmpyr5m2rnevs6mm4fno4zp32dn 28 22 2017-07-19T11:03:55Z Biplab Anand 1 +adding contents wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} __NOTOC__ <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' प्रयोगकर्ता समूह}}}</div> || {{Mp-english}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro}} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: none; border-spacing: 0px; margin-top: 5px;" | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0F5E5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%; border-radius: 4px;" ! align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-who-title|[[File:Infobox info icon.svg|25px]] हमरसभक समबन्धमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-who-body-link|{{MWUG}} }}} |- |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Speaker Icon.svg|20px]] समाचार आ सूचना}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG News}} }}} |} | style="border: 2px solid transparent;" | | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0E5F5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%" | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin:0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-contact-title|[[File:(at).svg|20px]] सम्पर्क करी}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-contact-body-link|{{MWUG Contacts}} }}} |} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: #f4f7f4; border:2px solid #f4f7f4; margin-top: 5px; border-radius: 3px; -moz-border-radius: 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px;" | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Wikimedia logo family complete.svg|30px]] विकिमिडिया परियोजना मैथिलीमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Wikimedia projects}} }}} |} [[श्रेणी:मुख्य पृष्ठ]] a3hele9izr4frx5vdb7zokob7evy2ha 29 28 2017-07-19T11:04:19Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[सम्मुख पन्ना]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: Main page ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनुमति दएल जा... wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} __NOTOC__ <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' प्रयोगकर्ता समूह}}}</div> || {{Mp-english}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro}} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: none; border-spacing: 0px; margin-top: 5px;" | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0F5E5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%; border-radius: 4px;" ! align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-who-title|[[File:Infobox info icon.svg|25px]] हमरसभक समबन्धमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-who-body-link|{{MWUG}} }}} |- |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Speaker Icon.svg|20px]] समाचार आ सूचना}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG News}} }}} |} | style="border: 2px solid transparent;" | | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0E5F5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%" | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin:0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-contact-title|[[File:(at).svg|20px]] सम्पर्क करी}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-contact-body-link|{{MWUG Contacts}} }}} |} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: #f4f7f4; border:2px solid #f4f7f4; margin-top: 5px; border-radius: 3px; -moz-border-radius: 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px;" | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Wikimedia logo family complete.svg|30px]] विकिमिडिया परियोजना मैथिलीमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Wikimedia projects}} }}} |} [[श्रेणी:मुख्य पृष्ठ]] a3hele9izr4frx5vdb7zokob7evy2ha 39 29 2017-07-20T11:53:08Z Biplab Anand 1 +section wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} __NOTOC__ <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' प्रयोगकर्ता समूह}}}</div> || {{Mp-english}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro}} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: none; border-spacing: 0px; margin-top: 5px;" | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0F5E5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%; border-radius: 4px;" ! align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-who-title|[[File:Infobox info icon.svg|25px]] हमरसभक समबन्धमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-who-body-link|{{MWUG}} }}} |- |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Speaker Icon.svg|20px]] समाचार आ सूचना}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG News}} }}} |} | style="border: 2px solid transparent;" | | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0E5F5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%" | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Handshake logo.svg|25px]] अहाँ कोना मद्दति कऽ सकैत छी?}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG Help}} }}} |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin:0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-contact-title|[[File:(at).svg|20px]] सम्पर्क करी}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-contact-body-link|{{MWUG Contacts}} }}} |} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: #f4f7f4; border:2px solid #f4f7f4; margin-top: 5px; border-radius: 3px; -moz-border-radius: 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px;" | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Wikimedia logo family complete.svg|28px]] विकिमिडिया परियोजना मैथिलीमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Wikimedia projects}} }}} |} [[श्रेणी:मुख्य पृष्ठ]] 0p3g6xvysd5iohbe0xv92dq8lc5lzbs 44 39 2017-07-20T12:13:00Z Biplab Anand 1 +सुधार wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} __NOTOC__ <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' प्रयोगकर्ता समूह}}}</div> || {{Mp-english}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro}} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: none; border-spacing: 0px; margin-top: 5px;" | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0F5E5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%; border-radius: 4px;" ! align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-who-title|[[File:Infobox info icon.svg|25px]] हमरसभक सम्बन्धमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-who-body-link|{{MWUG}} }}} |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Speaker Icon.svg|20px]] समाचार आ सूचना}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG News}} }}} |} | style="border: 2px solid transparent;" | | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0E5F5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%" | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Handshake logo.svg|25px]] अहाँ कोना मद्दति कऽ सकैत छी?}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG Help}} }}} |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin:0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-contact-title|[[File:(at).svg|20px]] सम्पर्क करी}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-contact-body-link|{{MWUG Contacts}} }}} |} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: #f4f7f4; border:2px solid #f4f7f4; margin-top: 5px; border-radius: 3px; -moz-border-radius: 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px;" | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Wikimedia logo family complete.svg|28px]] विकिमिडिया परियोजना मैथिलीमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Wikimedia projects}} }}} |} [[श्रेणी:मुख्य पृष्ठ]] 2ct6ty9md8ydegr18596ip2t68ktgie 47 44 2017-07-20T12:32:56Z Biplab Anand 1 +सुधार wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} __NOTOC__ <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' प्रयोगकर्ता समूह}}}</div> || {{Mp-english}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro}} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: none; border-spacing: 0px; margin-top: 5px;" | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0F5E5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%; border-radius: 4px;" ! align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-who-title|[[File:Infobox info icon.svg|25px]] हमरसभक सम्बन्धमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-who-body-link|{{MWUG}} }}} |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Speaker Icon.svg|20px]] समाचार आ सूचना}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG News}} }}} |} | style="border: 2px solid transparent;" | | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0E5F5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%" | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Handshake logo.svg|25px]] अहाँ कोना मद्दति कऽ सकैत छी?}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG Help}} }}} |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin:0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-contact-title|[[File:(at).svg|20px]] सम्पर्क करी}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-contact-body-link|{{MWUG Contacts}} }}} |} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: #f4f7f4; border:2px solid #f4f7f4; margin-top: 5px; border-radius: 3px; -moz-border-radius: 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px;" | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Featured picture icon BLACK-01.svg|25px]] चित्र दीर्घा}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Gallery}} }}} |- | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Wikimedia logo family complete.svg|28px]] विकिमिडिया परियोजना मैथिलीमे}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Wikimedia projects}} }}} |} [[श्रेणी:मुख्य पृष्ठ]] advh665r57f5qm1i9snjjlqrz9lc42i 8 2 2 2017-07-12T11:56:27Z 127.0.0.1 Setting sidebar link wikitext text/x-wiki https://donate.wikimedia.org/?utm_source=donate&utm_medium=sidebar&utm_campaign=mai.wikimedia.org&uselang=mai j0a86r4qgdgf3zfbg2x1qfvtccg405x 10 3 3 2017-07-18T02:28:07Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from metawiki wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}}; height:1em"></div><noinclude> This template "clears" both margins; it is often used before a header to make sure that header will be the full width of the page. </noinclude> ode11yuwb3aku31xbkmxxzok0x7an06 10 4 4 2017-07-18T02:28:40Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from metawiki wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};"></div><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 5aa2j06l3n3husy1g6jggf6oznzocau 10 5 5 2017-07-18T02:29:07Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from metawiki wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:At_sign.svg|{{{1|17px}}}|@|link=]]<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> jmafwcon2lihq7rmksickqwka4025of 2 6 6 2017-07-18T02:30:27Z Biplab Anand 1 +user page wikitext text/x-wiki __NOINDEX__ {{clear}} </div><center> {| style="width: 100%; background-color: #F8E0F1; border: 6px solid #0101DF; padding: 10px; margin-bottom: 8px; vertical-align: top;" | colspan=3 style="vertical-align:top" | |[[Image:Flag of Nepal.svg|95px|center|link=http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nepal]] <div style="margin-top: 1em;"> <div style="width:25%; float:left; height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left; height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left; height:4px; background:#A7D7F9;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left; height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> </div> {{-}} Hi,</br> My name is '''Biplab Anand'''. I am from [[:en:Nepal|Nepal]]. I am being an editor on Wikimedia projects since 2013. I support the Wikimedia projects by serving as a [[m:GS|Global administrators]], [[m:GR|Global rollbackers]], [[m:Global renamers|Global renamers]] and [[m:SWMT|SWMT]] member. I am mostly active on [[w:mai:सम्मुख पन्ना|Maithili]] and [[w:ne:मुख्य पृष्ठ|Nepali Wikipedia]] and active on several other Wikimedia projects. Besides from online activities, I am also active in Wikimedia offline activities for [[:m:Maithili Wikimedians|Maithili Wikimedians]] User group. I use this username in all Wikimedia projects. If you want to <span class="plainlinks nourlexpansion">[{{fullurl:User_talk:Biplab Anand|action=edit&section=new&editintro=}} <font style="color:blue;">leave me a message</font>]</span>, please use my [[User_talk:Biplab Anand|talk page]]. I have [[:en:Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] right on [[w:ne:मुख्य पृष्ठ|Nepali Wikipedia]] <small>(<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:ne:Special:Listusers|limit=1&username={{PAGENAMEE}} verify}}]</span>)</small> and [[w:mai:सम्मुख पन्ना|Maithili Wikipedia]] <small>(<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:mai:Special:Listusers|limit=1&username={{PAGENAMEE}} verify}}]</span>)</small>. My global contributions on Wikimedia project can be found via [[:meta::Special:CentralAuth/Biplab Anand|CentralAuth]]. <h1 style="margin:0; border-bottom:0; color:black;text-align:right;"> ^{<small><small>ne-N | mai-N | hi-4 | en-2 | bh-2 | awa-2 | dty-2 | sa-2</small></small>}</h1> [[Image:Biplab Anand - Mohali 2016-08-06 8145.JPG|200px|right]] ===Contact Info=== * [[Special:Emailuser/Biplab Anand|Email me]] (biplabanand{{@}}gmail.com) * IRC Nick: <code>Biplab</code> * Facebook: <span class="plainlinks nourlexpansion">[http://facebook.com/born4revolute <font style="color:blue;">Biplab Anand</font>]</span> * Twitter: <span class="plainlinks nourlexpansion">[http://twitter.com/born4revolute <font style="color:blue;">@born4revolute</font>]</span> '''Feel free to contact me using any of the above. Thanks!''' |} <center></div> [[Category:User ne]] [[Category:User mai]] [[Category:WAM organisers]] [[Category:Global sysops]] [[Category:Global renamers]] o4dyqvflxi6z2drck8y1m7u4m0gwk12 10 7 7 2017-07-18T02:31:41Z Biplab Anand 1 'मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स 1cfjvw6wk0ws2ixk5qx7jctcl8lv7s9 26 7 2017-07-18T07:55:41Z Biplab Anand 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Maithili Wikimedians l5dyqpkj5y91nyypdqletlaf0t252lv 10 8 8 2017-07-18T06:33:54Z Biplab Anand 1 copied wikitext text/x-wiki {{DISPLAYTITLE:<span style="display:none;">{{FULLPAGENAME}}</span>}} o3y41c5nxeomt15o0gs0kunld6rkgol 10 9 9 2017-07-18T06:36:32Z Biplab Anand 1 copied wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="banner-image {{#ifeq: {{{align|}}}|left| banner-image-left|}}{{#ifeq: {{{align|}}}|none| banner-image-none|}}{{#ifeq: {{{align|}}}|center| banner-image-center|}}" style="max-width:{{{width|400px}}};{{#ifeq: {{{padding|}}}|no|| padding-left:1.5em;}}"> [[File:{{{file|Janki Mandir of Janakpur Dham(Nepal).jpg}}}|{{{width|400px}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{border|}}}|yes|border{{!}}}}alt={{{caption|}}}|{{#if:{{{link|}}}|link={{{link|}}}}}]]{{#if: {{{caption|}}}| <p style="font-size: 90%;"> {{{caption}}} </p>}} </div><noinclude> <div style="clear:both;"> ---- '''Template documentation''' This template is used to provide images with captions as an alternative to the ugly image captions that come with MediaWiki. Syntax: * '''<tt>file=</tt>''' Sets which file to use. Default value is [[commons:File:Janki Mandir of Janakpur Dham(Nepal).jpg|Janki Mandir of Janakpur Dham(Nepal).jpg]]. * '''<tt>width=</tt>''' The maximum width of the image. Note that the image gets smaller so that it is never more than a certain percentage of the browser window. Defaults to 400px. * '''<tt>percentage=</tt>''' The percent width of the browser window the image takes up. The width proportionality is maintained until the image is at the maximum size; it does not get better. Defaults to 50%. * '''<tt>align=</tt>''' Sets alignment of image and caption block. Options are right, left, center, and none. Default is right. * '''<tt>caption=</tt>''' Places a caption beneath the image, and also serves as the alt text. Optional. * '''<tt>padding=</tt>''' Gives the option to turn off padding, in case the image is part of a floating div already. Default is to include padding; turn off by setting parameter to "no". * '''<tt> link=</tt>''' Allows the image to link to a different page. Default is to link to the image description page. Set <tt>link=</tt> to nothing and the image will not be clickable </div></noinclude> 3e1vrkrq5f2pdxq4xcu8zgr7p1f6mby 10 10 10 2017-07-18T06:37:56Z Biplab Anand 1 copied wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__{{notitle}} <div class="plainlinks" id="megaheader{{#ifeq:{{{short}}}|yes|-short|}}"> <h1 style="position:absolute; top:0.5em; left:1em; padding:0.25em; text-align:left; color:#FFF !important; letter-spacing:2px; z-index:100; line-height:1; font-weight:600; border-bottom:0; background-color:rgba(50,50,50,0.85);">{{{title|{{PAGENAME}}}}}</h1>{{#if:{{{additional|}}}| <div style="position:absolute; top:9em; left:2.5em; text-align:left; color:#FFF !important; z-index:100; line-height:1; font-weight:600; border-bottom:0;"> {{{additional}}}</div>}}{{#if:{{{credit|}}}| <div style="position:absolute; bottom:20px; right:20px; text-align:right; z-index:100; line-height:1; font-size:70%; font-weight:450; border-bottom:0;"> [[:File:{{{file}}}|<span style="color:#FFF;">{{{credit|Image credit}}}</span>]]</div>}} {{Image|file={{{file|Janki Mandir of Janakpur Dham(Nepal).jpg}}}|width=1920px|percentage=100%|padding=no|align=none}} </div><noinclude>[[Category:Visual identity templates]]</noinclude> 9zt4wkwx7ovbxg33iomxa4dwrksj0fj 10 11 11 2017-07-18T07:02:34Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from enwiki wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div class="center" style="width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;">{{{1}}}</div></includeonly> gipo4jvs8i3r005axqfpa12a3up31e6 10 12 12 2017-07-18T07:04:41Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from enwiki wikitext text/x-wiki <small>{{{1}}}</small>{{#if:{{{1|}}}||<includeonly></includeonly>}} sdko3fw57u2vrurg4qq1msv3ml2hz3b 10 13 13 2017-07-18T07:06:13Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from enwiki wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Clickable button 2|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> opjw9s2c61c3mdy8g6kgotbq28z2cho 828 14 14 2017-07-18T07:07:04Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from enwiki Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{clickable button 2}}. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Clickable button 2' }) return p.luaMain(args) end function p.luaMain(args) if not args[1] and not args.url then return '' end local data = p.makeLinkData(args) local link = p.renderLink(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return link .. trackingCategories end function p.makeLinkData(args) local data = {} -- Get the link and display values, and find whether we are outputting a -- wikilink or a URL. if args.url then data.isUrl = true data.link = args.url if args[1] then data.display = args[1] else data.display = args.url end else data.isUrl = false data.link = args[1] if args[2] then data.display = args[2] else data.display = args[1] end end -- Classes local class = args.class and args.class:lower() data.classes = {} if class == 'ui-button-green' or class == 'ui-button-blue' or class == 'ui-button-red' then table.insert( data.classes, 'submit ui-button ui-widget ui-state-default ui-corner-all' .. ' ui-button-text-only ui-button-text' ) else table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-ui-button') end if class then table.insert(data.classes, class) end -- Styles do --[[ -- Check whether we are on the same page as we have specified in -- args[1], but not if we are using a URL link, as then args[1] is only -- a display value. If we are currently on the page specified in -- args[1] make the button colour darker so that it stands out from -- other buttons on the page. --]] local success, linkTitle, currentTitle if not data.isUrl then currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() success, linkTitle = pcall(mw.title.new, args[1]) end if success and linkTitle and mw.title.equals(currentTitle, linkTitle) then if class == 'ui-button-blue' or class == 'mw-ui-progressive' then data.backgroundColor = '#2962CB' elseif class == 'ui-button-green' or class == 'mw-ui-constructive' then data.backgroundColor = '#008B6D' elseif class == 'ui-button-red' or class == 'mw-ui-destructive' then data.backgroundColor = '#A6170F' else data.backgroundColor = '#CCC' data.color = '#666' end end -- Add user-specified styles. data.style = args.style end return data end function p.renderLink(data) -- Render the display span tag. local display do local displaySpan = mw.html.create('span') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do displaySpan:addClass(class) end displaySpan :attr('role', 'button') :attr('aria-disabled', 'false') :css{ ['background-color'] = data.backgroundColor, color = data.color } if data.style then displaySpan:cssText(data.style) end displaySpan:wikitext(data.display) display = tostring(displaySpan) end -- Render the link local link if data.isUrl then link = string.format('[%s %s]', data.link, display) else link = string.format('[[%s|%s]]', data.link, display) end return string.format('<span class="plainlinks">%s</span>', link) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) if yesno(args.category) == false then return '' end local class = args.class and args.class:lower() if class == 'ui-button-green' or class == 'ui-button-blue' or class == 'ui-button-red' then return '[[Category:Pages using old style ui-button-color]]' else return '' end end return p 70kxwu53q2xsrtlfnigjx2qtm31abup 828 15 15 2017-07-18T07:07:52Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from enwiki Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end 266x81qzpz9iq1b5gft4zsdy5qzbnwi 183 15 2018-02-28T12:14:32Z wikipedia:en>MSGJ 0 +support for on/off Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs 184 183 2018-03-01T17:57:26Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Yesno]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs 828 16 16 2017-07-18T07:08:27Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from enwiki Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 5qx9tzlul9ser30uxj9nbasjt92cevn 137 2015-12-23T16:07:27Z wikipedia:en>Xaosflux 0 Changed protection level of Module:Arguments: used in the mediawiki interface ex: [[MediaWiki:Watchlist-details]] ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 5qx9tzlul9ser30uxj9nbasjt92cevn 138 16 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Arguments]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 5qx9tzlul9ser30uxj9nbasjt92cevn 10 17 17 2017-07-18T07:35:31Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki <div align="right"> <!-- Englsih Version --><span title=''Click here to see the English version of this page"> {{clickable button 2|Click here to see the English version of this page|English|class=mw-ui-progressive}} </span>&nbsp; </div><noinclude>[[Category:Main page templates]]</noinclude> ocm6krpa4qjj4dbso016rru80vwdsee 18 17 2017-07-18T07:40:29Z Biplab Anand 1 minor wikitext text/x-wiki <div align="right"> <!-- Englsih Version --><span title=''Click here to see the English version of this page"> {{clickable button 2|Template:Main Page/en|English|class=mw-ui-progressive}} </span>&nbsp; </div><noinclude>[[Category:Main page templates]]</noinclude> j33i0v42ge4402fph6ipewqc3fepl6l 21 18 2017-07-18T07:47:56Z Biplab Anand 1 minor wikitext text/x-wiki <div align="right"> <!-- Englsih Version --><span title=''Click here to see the English version of this page"> {{clickable button 2|Template:Main Page/en|English|class=mw-ui-destructive}} </span>&nbsp; </div><noinclude>[[Category:Main page templates]]</noinclude> gyxzu49jmmde6k3i93kgw0o0jx9sp67 10 18 19 2017-07-18T07:42:43Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki {{center| {{small| {{clickable button 2|सम्बन्धमे|सम्बन्धमे|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|सदस्यसभ|सदस्यगण|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|प्रतिवेदन|वार्षिक प्रतिवेदन|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|भेटघाट|भेटघाट|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|विधान|विधान|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|कार्यक्रम|कार्यक्रम|class=mw-ui-progressive}} }} }} 7l0v9h15danesktffxz8jjb6r2y6fx3 40 19 2017-07-20T11:59:49Z Biplab Anand 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{center| {{small| {{clickable button 2|सम्बन्धमे|सम्बन्धमे|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|सदस्यसभ|सदस्यगण|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|प्रतिवेदन|वार्षिक प्रतिवेदन|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|विकी भेटघाट|भेटघाट|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|विधान|विधान|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|कार्यक्रम|कार्यक्रम|class=mw-ui-progressive}} }} }} rcjcgxorwhefkm5axp6x7n28a824v0b 41 40 2017-07-20T12:00:02Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:Main Page/Intro]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: Main page ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनुमति दएल जाए... wikitext text/x-wiki {{center| {{small| {{clickable button 2|सम्बन्धमे|सम्बन्धमे|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|सदस्यसभ|सदस्यगण|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|प्रतिवेदन|वार्षिक प्रतिवेदन|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|विकी भेटघाट|भेटघाट|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|विधान|विधान|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|कार्यक्रम|कार्यक्रम|class=mw-ui-progressive}} }} }} rcjcgxorwhefkm5axp6x7n28a824v0b 10 19 20 2017-07-18T07:44:44Z Biplab Anand 1 copied from enwiki wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>border-radius: {{{1|3px}}}; - 4egcvrro835atiu5b2jfa4d53dutqcq 10 20 23 2017-07-18T07:52:06Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki {{center| {{small| {{clickable button 2|About us|About us|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|Members|Members|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|Reports|Annual Reports|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|Outreach|Outreach|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|Meetups|Meetups|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|By-law|Constituiton|class=mw-ui-progressive}} {{clickable button 2|Events|Events|class=mw-ui-progressive}} }} }} 3iwo5g52zg0h2gp6b4kehxpt0s90ej2 10 21 24 2017-07-18T07:54:09Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki <div align="right"> <!-- Maithili Version --><span title=''मैथिलीमे पृष्ठ देखैक लेल"> {{clickable button 2|सम्मुख पन्ना|मैथिली|class=mw-ui-destructive}} </span>&nbsp; </div><noinclude>[[Category:Main page templates]]</noinclude> 96a02bwkt9vohyjjo9jvk3sn6dlvklj 10 22 25 2017-07-18T07:54:29Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|Welcome to '''Maithili Wikimedians'''}}}</div> || {{Mp-maithili}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro/en}} |} [[श्रेणी:Main page]] 8c2o99ji4jufdkvfer52glo72w6ofae 187 25 2019-03-19T03:34:09Z Biplab Anand 1 +plotting wikitext text/x-wiki {{Notitle}} __NOTOC__ <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|Welcome to '''Maithili Wikimedians'''}}}</div> || {{Mp-maithili}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro/en}} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: none; border-spacing: 0px; margin-top: 5px;" | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0F5E5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%; border-radius: 4px;" ! align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-who-title|[[File:Infobox info icon.svg|25px]] About Us}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-who-body-link|{{MWUG/en}} }}} |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Speaker Icon.svg|20px]] News and Information}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG News/en}} }}} |} | style="border: 2px solid transparent;" | | style="width: 50%; border: 2px solid #D0E5F5; background: #f4f7f4; vertical-align: top; {{Border-radius|4px}}" | {| class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align: top; background: #f4f7f4; width: 100%" | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin: 0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-news-title|[[File:Handshake logo.svg|25px]] How you can help us?}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-news-body-link|{{MWUG Help/en}} }}} |- | align="center" style="padding: 2px;" | <h3 style="background: #8deaa0; margin:0px; padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-contact-title|[[File:(at).svg|20px]] Contact Us}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 5px;" | {{{Mp-contact-body-link|{{MWUG Contacts/en}} }}} |} |} {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; background: #f4f7f4; border:2px solid #f4f7f4; margin-top: 5px; border-radius: 3px; -moz-border-radius: 4px; -webkit-border-radius: 4px;" | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Featured picture icon BLACK-01.svg|25px]] Gallery}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Gallery/en}} }}} |- | align="center" style="border: 2px solid #f4f7f4; background:#8deaa0; vertical-align: top;" | <h3 style="padding: 4px;"> {{{Mp-wm-projects-title|[[File:Wikimedia logo family complete.svg|28px]] Wikimedia projects in Maithili}}} </h3> |- | style="padding: 8px;" | {{{Mp-wm-projects-body-link|{{Wikimedia projects/en}} }}} |} [[श्रेणी:Main page]] tgrt6axb1ntud1lgs10p7qwybhg7q5a 10 23 27 2017-07-19T11:02:44Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki {| align="center" cellpadding="2" width="95%" style="background-color:transparent" |- valign="top" | valign="middle" width="16%" | <center>[[File:Wikipedia-logo.svg|110px|link=//mai.wikipedia.org|{{{w|विकिपिडिया}}}]]</center> | valign="middle" width="16%" | <center>[[File:Commons-logo.svg|75px|link=//commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/सम्मुख_पन्ना|{{{c|विकिमिडिया कमन्स}}}]]</center> | valign="middle" width="16%" | <center>[[File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|90px|link=//meta.wikimedia.org|{{{m|मेटा-विकी}}}]]</center> |- | valign="middle" bgcolor="#D6FFEB" style="border-top: 1px solid #000; border-bottom: 1px solid #000; padding: 4px; border-left: 1px solid #000; -moz-border-radius: 0 0 0 5px; -webkit-border-radius: 0 0 0 5px;" | <center>[//mai.wikipedia.org {{{w|विकिपिडिया}}}]</center> | valign="middle" bgcolor="#D6FFEB" style="padding: 4px; border-top: 1px solid #000; border-bottom: 1px solid #000;" | <center>[//commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/सम्मुख_पन्ना {{{c|कमन्स}}}]</center> | valign="middle" bgcolor="#D6FFEB" style="border-top: 1px solid #000; border-bottom: 1px solid #000; padding: 4px; border-right: 1px solid #000; -moz-border-radius: 0 0 5px 0; -webkit-border-radius: 0 0 5px 0;" | <center>[//meta.wikimedia.org {{{m|मेटा-विकी}}}]</center> |}<noinclude>[[श्रेणी:मुख्य पृष्ठ]]</noinclude> 61j0ksy9fe0sb8dgstyxzvspfr6nr1h 8 24 30 2017-07-19T11:11:08Z Biplab Anand 1 +sidebar wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** सम्पर्क करी|सम्पर्क करी ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** helppage|help ** sitesupport-url|sitesupport * नियमन ** जुड़ी|सदस्यता ** प्रतिवेदन|प्रतिवेदन ** अनुदान|अनुदान * सम्पर्क ** मेल सूची|मेल सूची ** कार्यक्रम|कार्यक्रमसभ ** विकी भेटघाट|विकी भेटघाटसभ ks6ag8xocsestntoc5gn4wf1u80vgkj 31 30 2017-07-19T11:11:32Z Biplab Anand 1 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** सम्पर्क करी|सम्पर्क करी ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** sitesupport-url|sitesupport * नियमन ** जुड़ी|सदस्यता ** प्रतिवेदन|प्रतिवेदन ** अनुदान|अनुदान * सम्पर्क ** मेल सूची|मेल सूची ** कार्यक्रम|कार्यक्रमसभ ** विकी भेटघाट|विकी भेटघाटसभ 4f6hyixpz8nijrwf73k4jlvooq5gjow 10 25 32 2017-07-20T09:37:25Z Biplab Anand 1 +MWUG wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float: right; margin-left: 0.9em;"> [[File:Maithili_Wikimedians_User_Group_Logo.svg|none|125px|link=http://mai.wikipedia.org/wiki/मैथिली भाषा]] </div> '''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' (अङ्ग्रेजी भाषा: Maithili Wikimedians) [[:wmf:Home|विकिमिडिया फाउन्डेसन]]सँ मान्यताप्राप्त एक विकिमिडियन्ससभक प्रयोगकर्ता समूह छी । ई प्रयोगकर्ता समूहसँ आवद्ध रहल विकिमिडियन सदस्यसभ विकिमिडिया फाउन्डेसनक विविध परियोजनासभमे मैथिली भाषा उपर योगदान करैत छथि । ई प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक मुख्य उद्देश्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ आवद्ध मैथिल योगदानकर्ताके प्रोत्साहित केनाए, विभिन्न मैथिल सङ्गठनसँ सम्बन्ध बनेनाए आ नेपाल तथा भारतमे रहल मैथिल भाषीसभकें निशुल्क आ स्वतन्त्र शैक्षिक सामग्रीसभ उपलब्ध करेनाए रहल अछि जहिमे विश्वकोशक विकाश, योगदान आ पहुँच बनेनाए रहल अछि । ई एकटा स्वयात्त प्रयोगकर्ता समूह छी जकर विकिपिडिया आ अन्य बहुपरियोजनापर कोनो किसिमसँ सामग्रीपर सम्पादकीय नियन्त्रण नै रहल अछि । [[:meta:Maithili Wikimedians User Group|मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूह]] विकिमिडिया फाउन्डेसनक [[:meta:Affiliations Committee|सम्बद्ध समिति]]द्वारा सन् २०१५ [[:meta:Affiliations Committee/Resolutions/Recognition Maithili Wikimedians User Group|फरबरी ८]] कें स्वीकृत कएल गेल छल । ps8lcz17wji01d3od8x0kaahteqwjd7 33 32 2017-07-20T09:37:41Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:MWUG]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: Main page ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनुमति दएल जाए] (अन... wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float: right; margin-left: 0.9em;"> [[File:Maithili_Wikimedians_User_Group_Logo.svg|none|125px|link=http://mai.wikipedia.org/wiki/मैथिली भाषा]] </div> '''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' (अङ्ग्रेजी भाषा: Maithili Wikimedians) [[:wmf:Home|विकिमिडिया फाउन्डेसन]]सँ मान्यताप्राप्त एक विकिमिडियन्ससभक प्रयोगकर्ता समूह छी । ई प्रयोगकर्ता समूहसँ आवद्ध रहल विकिमिडियन सदस्यसभ विकिमिडिया फाउन्डेसनक विविध परियोजनासभमे मैथिली भाषा उपर योगदान करैत छथि । ई प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक मुख्य उद्देश्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ आवद्ध मैथिल योगदानकर्ताके प्रोत्साहित केनाए, विभिन्न मैथिल सङ्गठनसँ सम्बन्ध बनेनाए आ नेपाल तथा भारतमे रहल मैथिल भाषीसभकें निशुल्क आ स्वतन्त्र शैक्षिक सामग्रीसभ उपलब्ध करेनाए रहल अछि जहिमे विश्वकोशक विकाश, योगदान आ पहुँच बनेनाए रहल अछि । ई एकटा स्वयात्त प्रयोगकर्ता समूह छी जकर विकिपिडिया आ अन्य बहुपरियोजनापर कोनो किसिमसँ सामग्रीपर सम्पादकीय नियन्त्रण नै रहल अछि । [[:meta:Maithili Wikimedians User Group|मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूह]] विकिमिडिया फाउन्डेसनक [[:meta:Affiliations Committee|सम्बद्ध समिति]]द्वारा सन् २०१५ [[:meta:Affiliations Committee/Resolutions/Recognition Maithili Wikimedians User Group|फरबरी ८]] कें स्वीकृत कएल गेल छल । ps8lcz17wji01d3od8x0kaahteqwjd7 10 26 34 2017-07-20T09:54:29Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki ==== <center>सामाजिक सञ्जाल</center> ==== <span class="plainlinks"><center> [[File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|50px|link=https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai]]&nbsp; [[File:F icon.svg|50px|link=https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/]]&nbsp; [[File:AIMMP@Twitter.png|50px|link=http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians]]&nbsp; [[File:Google plus.svg|50px|link=https://plus.google.com/100893647989625445430]]&nbsp; [[File:Youtube icon.svg|50px|link=]]&nbsp; </center></span> ==== <center>सम्पर्क</center> ==== <span class="plainlinks"><center> * इमेल: maithiliwiki{{@}}gmail.com &nbsp; * मेल सूची - Wikimedia-mai{{@}}lists.wikimedia.org ([https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai सदस्यता ली]) </center></span> ppkfnemyn70gnojxgbrm2tic8qifiox 35 34 2017-07-20T09:54:44Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:MWUG Contacts]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: Main page ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनुमति दएल जाए]... wikitext text/x-wiki ==== <center>सामाजिक सञ्जाल</center> ==== <span class="plainlinks"><center> [[File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|50px|link=https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai]]&nbsp; [[File:F icon.svg|50px|link=https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/]]&nbsp; [[File:AIMMP@Twitter.png|50px|link=http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians]]&nbsp; [[File:Google plus.svg|50px|link=https://plus.google.com/100893647989625445430]]&nbsp; [[File:Youtube icon.svg|50px|link=]]&nbsp; </center></span> ==== <center>सम्पर्क</center> ==== <span class="plainlinks"><center> * इमेल: maithiliwiki{{@}}gmail.com &nbsp; * मेल सूची - Wikimedia-mai{{@}}lists.wikimedia.org ([https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai सदस्यता ली]) </center></span> ppkfnemyn70gnojxgbrm2tic8qifiox 36 35 2017-07-20T09:56:01Z Biplab Anand 1 +सुधार wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ==== <center>सामाजिक सञ्जाल</center> ==== <span class="plainlinks"><center> [[File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|50px|link=https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai]]&nbsp; [[File:F icon.svg|50px|link=https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/]]&nbsp; [[File:AIMMP@Twitter.png|50px|link=http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians]]&nbsp; [[File:Google plus.svg|50px|link=https://plus.google.com/100893647989625445430]]&nbsp; [[File:Youtube icon.svg|50px|link=]]&nbsp; </center></span> ==== <center>सम्पर्क</center> ==== <span class="plainlinks"><center> * इमेल: maithiliwiki{{@}}gmail.com &nbsp; * मेल सूची - Wikimedia-mai{{@}}lists.wikimedia.org ([https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai सदस्यता ली]) </center></span> rwdjtv8qyog11kcw3lwev18bv8z2vfp 37 36 2017-07-20T09:58:04Z Biplab Anand 1 +सुधार wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <center>'''सामाजिक सञ्जाल'''</center> <span class="plainlinks"><center> [[File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|50px|link=https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai]]&nbsp; [[File:F icon.svg|50px|link=https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/]]&nbsp; [[File:AIMMP@Twitter.png|50px|link=http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians]]&nbsp; [[File:Google plus.svg|50px|link=https://plus.google.com/100893647989625445430]]&nbsp; [[File:Youtube icon.svg|50px|link=]]&nbsp; </center></span> <br> <center>'''सम्पर्क'''</center> <span class="plainlinks"><center> * इमेल: maithiliwiki{{@}}gmail.com &nbsp; * मेल सूची - Wikimedia-mai{{@}}lists.wikimedia.org ([https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai सदस्यता ली]) </center></span> spryfsu23tqccfv3vto2u32vqvz06cw 38 37 2017-07-20T09:59:30Z Biplab Anand 1 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <center>'''सामाजिक सञ्जाल'''</center> <span class="plainlinks"><center> [[File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|50px|link=https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai]]&nbsp; [[File:F icon.svg|50px|link=https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/]]&nbsp; [[File:AIMMP@Twitter.png|50px|link=http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians]]&nbsp; [[File:Google plus.svg|50px|link=https://plus.google.com/100893647989625445430]]&nbsp; [[File:Youtube icon.svg|50px|link=]]&nbsp; </center></span> <br> <center>'''सम्पर्क'''</center> <span class="plainlinks"><center> * इमेल: maithiliwikimedians{{@}}gmail.com &nbsp; * मेल सूची - Wikimedia-mai{{@}}lists.wikimedia.org ([https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai सदस्यता ली]) </center></span> ko6zri0q45dh4zzzj566pe9h88k7acz 10 27 42 2017-07-20T12:11:47Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki हमरासभकें अहाँक मद्दति आ स्वयंसेवक समय चाही । एतय किछ उपाय बतायल गेल अछि जहि माध्यमसँ अहाँ मद्दति कऽ सकैत छी: * अहाँ [https://mai.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A4%B8%E0%A4%AE%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AE%E0%A5%81%E0%A4%96_%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE विकिपिडिया] आ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासभ सम्पादन आ योगदान करि '''[http://outreach.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Welcome2WP_English_Flap_081810.pdf विकिमिडियन बनि!!!]''' सकैत छी । * अहाँ अपन '''[[:File:Nice People MEDIUM.ogv|योगदान]]''' कऽ सम्बन्धमे अपन कौलेज/विद्यालय/कार्यस्थानमे साझा करी । * अपन स्थानीय ठाममे '''[[विकी भेटघाट]]''' आयोजना करी । * '''[[विकी सम्मेलन]]''' आयोजनमे भाग लऽ योगदान करी । * '''[[विकी लभ्स अर्थ]]'''कऽ लेल स्वयंसेवक बनी । * '''[[मिडियाविकी कार्यशाला]]''' आ '''[[विकिपिडिया कार्यशाला]]''' आयोजनामे मद्दति करी । * '''[[ह्याकाथन]]'''मे सहभागी बनी । * अपनाद्वारा खिचल गेल चित्रसभ '''[[Commons:Main Page|विकिमिडिया कमन्स]]'''मे उपारोपण करी । * मैथिल सङ्गठनसभसँ सम्बन्ध बनेबामे मद्दति करी । p10uiazpu5qs0yxj2hcymzvek4jpk2k 43 42 2017-07-20T12:12:00Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:MWUG Help]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: Main page ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनुमति दएल जाए] (अ... wikitext text/x-wiki हमरासभकें अहाँक मद्दति आ स्वयंसेवक समय चाही । एतय किछ उपाय बतायल गेल अछि जहि माध्यमसँ अहाँ मद्दति कऽ सकैत छी: * अहाँ [https://mai.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A4%B8%E0%A4%AE%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AE%E0%A5%81%E0%A4%96_%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE विकिपिडिया] आ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासभ सम्पादन आ योगदान करि '''[http://outreach.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Welcome2WP_English_Flap_081810.pdf विकिमिडियन बनि!!!]''' सकैत छी । * अहाँ अपन '''[[:File:Nice People MEDIUM.ogv|योगदान]]''' कऽ सम्बन्धमे अपन कौलेज/विद्यालय/कार्यस्थानमे साझा करी । * अपन स्थानीय ठाममे '''[[विकी भेटघाट]]''' आयोजना करी । * '''[[विकी सम्मेलन]]''' आयोजनमे भाग लऽ योगदान करी । * '''[[विकी लभ्स अर्थ]]'''कऽ लेल स्वयंसेवक बनी । * '''[[मिडियाविकी कार्यशाला]]''' आ '''[[विकिपिडिया कार्यशाला]]''' आयोजनामे मद्दति करी । * '''[[ह्याकाथन]]'''मे सहभागी बनी । * अपनाद्वारा खिचल गेल चित्रसभ '''[[Commons:Main Page|विकिमिडिया कमन्स]]'''मे उपारोपण करी । * मैथिल सङ्गठनसभसँ सम्बन्ध बनेबामे मद्दति करी । p10uiazpu5qs0yxj2hcymzvek4jpk2k 10 28 45 2017-07-20T12:24:56Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ;<center>'''समाचार आ सूचना'''</center> * [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons:Wiki_Loves_Earth_2017_in_Nepal/mai विकी लभ्स अर्थ २०१७ नेपाल]क समापन आ पुरस्कार वितरण कार्यक्रम काठमाडौंमे आयोजना कएल जाइत । oep7xdrzg6p5070nmreswpio6skkz5y 46 45 2017-07-20T12:25:13Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:MWUG News]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: Main page ([संपादन=मात्र स्वत: स्थापित प्रयोक्ताके... wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ;<center>'''समाचार आ सूचना'''</center> * [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons:Wiki_Loves_Earth_2017_in_Nepal/mai विकी लभ्स अर्थ २०१७ नेपाल]क समापन आ पुरस्कार वितरण कार्यक्रम काठमाडौंमे आयोजना कएल जाइत । oep7xdrzg6p5070nmreswpio6skkz5y 56 46 2017-08-10T10:16:25Z Biplab Anand 1 +कार्यक्रम wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ ;<center>'''समाचार आ सूचना'''</center> * २०१७ जुलाई २९ :- [[:meta:Maithili Wikimedians User Group/Events/Wiki Loves Earth 2017 in Nepal Felicitation Program|विकी लभ्स अर्थ २०१७ नेपाल]] पुरस्कार वितरण कार्यक्रम काठमाडौंमे सम्पन्न भेल । * २०१७ अगस्त ५ :- [[:meta:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Sources/Cycle 3/Maithili Wikimedians Strategy Meetup in Kathmandu, Nepal|विकिमिडिया रणनीति निर्धारण २०३०]] उपर काठमाडौंमे चर्चा कएल गेल । * २०१७ अगस्त ६ :- [[:meta:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Sources/Cycle 3/Wikimedians of Nepal Strategy Meetup in Rajbiraj, Nepal|विकिमिडिया रणनीति निर्धारण २०३०]] उपर राजविराजमे चर्चा कएल गेल । mbd3aungt92gge1tpxfb5ic5s4gt4pt 10 29 48 2017-07-20T12:46:58Z Biplab Anand 1 +Gallery wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="width:100%"><div class="plainlinks" style="text-align:center; padding:10px; border:1px dotted black;">'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्सद्वारा आयोजित कार्यक्रमसभ</div></div> <gallery mode="packed-hover" heights="170px"> File:Maithili Wikipedia- Womens Edit-a-thon 2016 - 08 March International Women's Day 01 (28).JPG|Maithili Wikipedia- Womens Edit-a-thon 2016 - 08 March International Women's Day. File:Participants (Girls) Holding Banner During 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program.jpg|Participants during 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program. File:Participants In The Conference Hall During 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program.jpg|Participants during 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program. File:WLE 2016 in Nepal Felicitation Program (33).jpg|Wiki Loves Earth 2016 in Nepal Felicitation Program. File:Wiki Training Session Second 01.JPG|Wiki training session at Rajbiraj. File:Participant of presentation-Outreach program in Janakpur, Nepal-IMG 6867.jpg|Outreach event at Janakpur. File:Maithili Wikimedia Meetup Meetup and Wikipedia 15 Celebration Gathering.JPG|Maithili Wikimedia Meetup Meetup and Wikipedia 15 Celebration Gathering. File:Happyland Higher Sec. School-WEP- Group Pic 2.JPG|Group photo at Happyland Higher Secondary School. File:Wiki Loves Earth 2017 in Nepal Outreach Program in Ilam Nepal 07.jpg|Wiki Loves Earth 2017 in Nepal Outreach Program in Ilam. File:Wiki Loves earth outreach program group photo of Ilam.jpg|Wiki Loves earth outreach program group photo of Ilam. File:Kshitiz Edu. Foundation Rajbiraj WEP Outreach.jpg|Group Photo at Kshitiz Educational Foundation. File:Rajbiraj Model College, WEP 14.JPG|Group photo at Rajbiraj Model College. </gallery> ibq7yi19ihv4sprdjymcy74z03ftgkv 49 48 2017-07-20T12:47:11Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:Gallery]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: Main page ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनुमति दएल जाए] (अ... wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="width:100%"><div class="plainlinks" style="text-align:center; padding:10px; border:1px dotted black;">'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्सद्वारा आयोजित कार्यक्रमसभ</div></div> <gallery mode="packed-hover" heights="170px"> File:Maithili Wikipedia- Womens Edit-a-thon 2016 - 08 March International Women's Day 01 (28).JPG|Maithili Wikipedia- Womens Edit-a-thon 2016 - 08 March International Women's Day. File:Participants (Girls) Holding Banner During 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program.jpg|Participants during 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program. File:Participants In The Conference Hall During 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program.jpg|Participants during 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program. File:WLE 2016 in Nepal Felicitation Program (33).jpg|Wiki Loves Earth 2016 in Nepal Felicitation Program. File:Wiki Training Session Second 01.JPG|Wiki training session at Rajbiraj. File:Participant of presentation-Outreach program in Janakpur, Nepal-IMG 6867.jpg|Outreach event at Janakpur. File:Maithili Wikimedia Meetup Meetup and Wikipedia 15 Celebration Gathering.JPG|Maithili Wikimedia Meetup Meetup and Wikipedia 15 Celebration Gathering. File:Happyland Higher Sec. School-WEP- Group Pic 2.JPG|Group photo at Happyland Higher Secondary School. File:Wiki Loves Earth 2017 in Nepal Outreach Program in Ilam Nepal 07.jpg|Wiki Loves Earth 2017 in Nepal Outreach Program in Ilam. File:Wiki Loves earth outreach program group photo of Ilam.jpg|Wiki Loves earth outreach program group photo of Ilam. File:Kshitiz Edu. Foundation Rajbiraj WEP Outreach.jpg|Group Photo at Kshitiz Educational Foundation. File:Rajbiraj Model College, WEP 14.JPG|Group photo at Rajbiraj Model College. </gallery> ibq7yi19ihv4sprdjymcy74z03ftgkv 0 30 50 2017-07-21T01:39:46Z Biplab Anand 1 +team wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#006699;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> {| class="plainlinks" style="width: 100%; padding: 10px; background: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; {{Border-radius|3px}}" | <div style="width:100%; margin-left: 16px; margin-top:0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 300%;">{{{Mp-header-title|'''मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स''' प्रयोगकर्ता समूह}}}</div> || {{Mp-english}} |- style="margin-bottom: 0.2em; text-align: center; font-size: 105%; font-weight: bold;" | {{Main Page/Intro}} |} {{MWUG core team}} tir14kf0paz966xo30uft4uufvx5eu6 10 31 51 2017-07-21T02:27:44Z Biplab Anand 1 +template wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="width: 100%; margin: 5px 0 0 0;" | style="padding: 0px; border-bottom: 2px solid #abd5f5;" | <span style="font-size: 140%; font-weight: bold;">[[User:{{{प्रयोगकर्ता नाम|Example}}}|{{{नाम|नाम}}}]]</span> || align="right" style="font-size: 110%; width: 70%; padding: 5px; background: skyblue; border-bottom: 2px solid #000; font-weight: bold;" | {{{पद|पद}}} |} {| style="width: 100%;" |- | style="background: transparent; padding: 0 10px 0 0; border:0px solid #abd5f5; vertical-align: top; text-align: justify;" | {{{विवरण}}}<br/><br/>इ-मेल: {{{इ-मेल}}} || align="center" style="width: 130px; padding: 5px; border: 2px solid #000;" | [[File:{{{चित्र|Silver - replace this image male.svg}}}|130px|link=]] |} 9nc788inny4ncq4im6hitkkx7nzl511 52 51 2017-07-21T02:36:51Z Biplab Anand 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="width: 100%; margin: 5px 0 0 0;" | style="padding: 0px; border-bottom: 2px solid #abd5f5;" | <span style="font-size: 140%; font-weight: bold;">[[User:{{{प्रयोगकर्ता नाम|Example}}}|{{{नाम|नाम}}}]]</span> || align="right" style="font-size: 110%; width: 70%; padding: 5px; background: skyblue; border-bottom: 2px solid #000; font-weight: bold;" | {{{पद|पद}}} |} {| style="width: 100%;" |- | style="background: transparent; padding: 0 10px 0 0; border:0px solid #abd5f5; vertical-align: top; text-align: justify;" | {{{विवरण}}}<br/><br/>इ-मेल: {{{इ-मेल}}} || align="center" style="width: 130px; padding: 5px; border: 2px solid #000;" | [[File:{{{चित्र|Silver - replace this image male.svg}}}|200px|link=]] |} bndp166vwsx2p3md63rbn9qmcobt1gz 53 52 2017-07-21T02:37:10Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:Profile]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: महत्वपूर्ण आकृति ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनु... wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="width: 100%; margin: 5px 0 0 0;" | style="padding: 0px; border-bottom: 2px solid #abd5f5;" | <span style="font-size: 140%; font-weight: bold;">[[User:{{{प्रयोगकर्ता नाम|Example}}}|{{{नाम|नाम}}}]]</span> || align="right" style="font-size: 110%; width: 70%; padding: 5px; background: skyblue; border-bottom: 2px solid #000; font-weight: bold;" | {{{पद|पद}}} |} {| style="width: 100%;" |- | style="background: transparent; padding: 0 10px 0 0; border:0px solid #abd5f5; vertical-align: top; text-align: justify;" | {{{विवरण}}}<br/><br/>इ-मेल: {{{इ-मेल}}} || align="center" style="width: 130px; padding: 5px; border: 2px solid #000;" | [[File:{{{चित्र|Silver - replace this image male.svg}}}|200px|link=]] |} bndp166vwsx2p3md63rbn9qmcobt1gz 192 53 2021-07-05T07:59:36Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="width: 100%; margin: 5px 0 0 0;" | style="padding: 0px; border-bottom: 2px solid #abd5f5;" | <span style="font-size: 140%; font-weight: bold;">[[User:{{{प्रयोगकर्ता नाम|Example}}}|{{{नाम|नाम}}}]]</span> || align="right" style="font-size: 110%; width: 70%; padding: 5px; background: skyblue; border-bottom: 2px solid #000; font-weight: bold;" | {{{पद|पद}}} |} {| style="width: 100%;" |- | style="background: transparent; padding: 0 10px 0 0; border:0px solid #abd5f5; vertical-align: top; text-align: justify;" | {{{विवरण}}}<br/><br/>इ-मेल: {{{इ-मेल}}}<br/>वेबसाइट: {{{वेबसाइट}}} || align="center" style="width: 130px; padding: 5px; border: 2px solid #000;" | [[File:{{{चित्र|Silver - replace this image male.svg}}}|200px|link=]] |} jvq2p3xsbwd6xgjt712p9feixh4ekld 10 32 54 2017-07-21T05:35:38Z Biplab Anand 1 +users wikitext text/x-wiki {{Profile | नाम = पंकज कुमार देव | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''पंकज कुमार देव''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । ओ वर्तमानमे कानून विषय राखि स्नातक कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१५ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । मैथिली विकिपिडियामे १०,००० लेख पहुँचेबाक लेल आयोजना कएल गेल [https://mai.wikipedia.org/s/c7d मिसन १०] कार्यक्रमक ओ सञ्चालक छल । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = pankajdeo2010{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Pankaj Deo-Outreach program in Janakpur, Nepal-IMG 6846.jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Pankaj Deo }} {{Profile | नाम = जितेन्द्र साह | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''जितेन्द्र साह''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । ओ वर्तमानमे मानव प्रशासन व्यस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातकोतर कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१५ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । मैथिली विकिपिडियामे १०,००० लेख पहुँचेबाक लेल आयोजना कएल गेल [https://mai.wikipedia.org/s/c7d मिसन १०] कार्यक्रमक ओ सहसञ्चालक छल तँ विकिपिडिया एसियाली महिना कार्यक्रमक सञ्चालक छल । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = zeeten.shah{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = JItendra Shah.jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Zeetendra }} {{Profile | नाम = बिप्लब आनन्द | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''बिप्लब आनन्द''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल ओ सन् २०१४ जुन महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए अछि । ओ वर्तमानमे व्यवस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातोकोतर कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१३ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली, डोटेली, हिन्दी भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = biplabanand{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Biplab Anand Talks with Katherine Maher - Wiki Conference India - CGC - Mohali 2016-08-05 7226.JPG | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Biplab Anand }} {{Profile | नाम = विजय चौरसिया | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''विजय चौरसिया''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल ओ सन् २०१४ जुन महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए अछि । ओ वर्तमानमे सूचना प्रविधि आ विज्ञान विषय राखि स्नातक कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१५ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत विकिमिडिया कमन्स आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । विकी लभ्स अर्थ २०१६, नेपाल कार्यक्रमक ओ सञ्चालक छल । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = bijaychaurasia25{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Bijay Chaurasia during WMCON 2017.jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Bijay Chaurasia }} dy6lopi4ufmuqkem63mnelod2r6svoq 55 54 2017-07-21T05:36:29Z Biplab Anand 1 "[[आकृति:MWUG core team]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: बेसी पाठकबला पन्ना: महत्वपूर्ण आकृति ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके... wikitext text/x-wiki {{Profile | नाम = पंकज कुमार देव | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''पंकज कुमार देव''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । ओ वर्तमानमे कानून विषय राखि स्नातक कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१५ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । मैथिली विकिपिडियामे १०,००० लेख पहुँचेबाक लेल आयोजना कएल गेल [https://mai.wikipedia.org/s/c7d मिसन १०] कार्यक्रमक ओ सञ्चालक छल । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = pankajdeo2010{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Pankaj Deo-Outreach program in Janakpur, Nepal-IMG 6846.jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Pankaj Deo }} {{Profile | नाम = जितेन्द्र साह | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''जितेन्द्र साह''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । ओ वर्तमानमे मानव प्रशासन व्यस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातकोतर कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१५ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । मैथिली विकिपिडियामे १०,००० लेख पहुँचेबाक लेल आयोजना कएल गेल [https://mai.wikipedia.org/s/c7d मिसन १०] कार्यक्रमक ओ सहसञ्चालक छल तँ विकिपिडिया एसियाली महिना कार्यक्रमक सञ्चालक छल । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = zeeten.shah{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = JItendra Shah.jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Zeetendra }} {{Profile | नाम = बिप्लब आनन्द | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''बिप्लब आनन्द''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल ओ सन् २०१४ जुन महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए अछि । ओ वर्तमानमे व्यवस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातोकोतर कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१३ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली, डोटेली, हिन्दी भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = biplabanand{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Biplab Anand Talks with Katherine Maher - Wiki Conference India - CGC - Mohali 2016-08-05 7226.JPG | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Biplab Anand }} {{Profile | नाम = विजय चौरसिया | पद = स्वयंसेवक | विवरण = '''विजय चौरसिया''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छथि । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल ओ सन् २०१४ जुन महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए अछि । ओ वर्तमानमे सूचना प्रविधि आ विज्ञान विषय राखि स्नातक कऽ रहल छथि । ओ सन् २०१५ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छल आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत विकिमिडिया कमन्स आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छथि । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद ओ मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए अछि । विकी लभ्स अर्थ २०१६, नेपाल कार्यक्रमक ओ सञ्चालक छल । ओ मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = bijaychaurasia25{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Bijay Chaurasia during WMCON 2017.jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Bijay Chaurasia }} dy6lopi4ufmuqkem63mnelod2r6svoq 2 33 57 2018-01-30T10:16:46Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +Profile wikitext text/x-wiki {{Profile | नाम = तुल्सी भगत | पद = स्वयंसेवक, सम्पादक ऐवम् प्रयोगकर्ता | विवरण = '''तुल्सी भगत''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छी । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल हम सन् २०१४ अक्टुबर महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए छी । हम वर्तमानमे व्यवस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातोकोतर कऽ रहल छी । हम सन् २०१४ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छी आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली, भोजपुरी, हिन्दी भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छी । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद हम मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए छी । हम मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = tulsibhagat50{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Tulsi Bhagat - Mohali 2016-08-06 8147.JPG | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Tulsi Bhagat }} fm2x3uvjy31kf4vcbdcuk0gh2o35e6y 84 57 2018-02-07T04:00:47Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +img updated wikitext text/x-wiki {{Profile | नाम = तुल्सी भगत | पद = स्वयंसेवक, सम्पादक ऐवम् प्रयोगकर्ता | विवरण = '''तुल्सी भगत''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छी । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल हम सन् २०१४ अक्टुबर महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए छी । हम वर्तमानमे व्यवस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातोकोतर कऽ रहल छी । हम सन् २०१४ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छी आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली, भोजपुरी, हिन्दी भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छी । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद हम मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए छी । हम मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = tulsibhagat50{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Tulsi at Mysore Zoo (cropped).jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Tulsi Bhagat }} dahdepz9q2lwfj8417xrh00mbafbbr1 191 84 2020-03-22T08:19:31Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 + wikitext text/x-wiki __INDEX__ {{Profile | नाम = तुल्सी भगत (Tulsi Bhagat) | पद = स्वयंसेवक, सम्पादक ऐवम् प्रयोगकर्ता | विवरण = '''तुल्सी भगत''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छी । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल हम सन् २०१४ अक्टुबर महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए छी । हम वर्तमानमे व्यवस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातोकोतर कऽ रहल छी । हम सन् २०१४ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छी आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली, भोजपुरी, हिन्दी भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छी । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद हम मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए छी । हम मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = tulsibhagat50{{@}}gmail.com | चित्र = Tulsi at Mysore Zoo (cropped).jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Tulsi Bhagat }} dnyiubrkwoc6avi4t6v27mz966mmhmp 193 191 2021-07-05T08:00:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +वेबसाइट wikitext text/x-wiki __INDEX__ {{Profile | नाम = तुल्सी भगत (Tulsi Bhagat) | पद = स्वयंसेवक, सम्पादक ऐवम् प्रयोगकर्ता | विवरण = '''तुल्सी भगत''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छी । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल हम सन् २०१४ अक्टुबर महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए छी । हम वर्तमानमे व्यवस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातोकोतर कऽ रहल छी । हम सन् २०१४ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छी आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली, भोजपुरी, हिन्दी भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छी । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद हम मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए छी । हम मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = tulsibhagat50{{@}}gmail.com | वेबसाइट = https://tulsibhagat.com.np | चित्र = Tulsi at Mysore Zoo (cropped).jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Tulsi Bhagat }} 3fstaclj1q5k84mqdz0nyxypuyzv2l9 197 193 2022-09-27T12:55:18Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 // Clean up wikitext text/x-wiki {{Profile | नाम = तुलसी भगत (Tulsi Bhagat) | पद = स्वयंसेवक, सम्पादक ऐवम् प्रयोगकर्ता | विवरण = '''तुलसी भगत''' एक सक्रिय मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स छी । मैथिली विकिपिडियाके इनक्युबेटर परियोजनासँ बाहर निकालि पूर्ण बनेबाक लेल हम सन् २०१४ अक्टुबर महिनासँ सक्रिय भऽ अन्ततः सन् २०१४ नवम्बर ७ कऽ दिन मैथिली विकिपिडियाकें पूर्ण रूपसँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जोड़वाबमे महत्वपूर्ण योगदान देनए छी । हम वर्तमानमे व्यवस्थापन विषय राखि स्नातोकोतर कऽ रहल छी । हम सन् २०१४ सँ विकिमिडिया परियोजनासँ जुड़ल छी आ वर्तमानमे मैथिली लगायत नेपाली, भोजपुरी, हिन्दी भाषाक विकिपिडिया आ अन्य विकिमिडिया परियोजनामे योगदान करैत छी । मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडिया पूर्णरूपसँ बाहर अएलाक बाद हम मैथिली भाषाक विकिपिडियाक प्रचार प्रसारक लेल विभिन्न शैक्षिक कार्यक्रमक आयोजनामे भागेदारी जनेनाए छी । हम मैथिली विकिमिडियन्स प्रयोगकर्ता समूहक संस्थापक सदस्य छी । | इ-मेल = tulsibhagat50{{@}}gmail.com | वेबसाइट = https://tulsibhagat.com.np | चित्र = Tulsi at Mysore Zoo (cropped).jpg | प्रयोगकर्ता नाम = Tulsi Bhagat }} t8jlwakgec9dao3s1v3a610ftp19mdz 0 34 58 2018-02-03T16:45:47Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +सम्पर्क करी wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ Facebook] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 Google Plus+] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians Twitter] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org E-mail us] |} </center></div> ithgzlif5gh9emax76tqxw291vati8m 59 58 2018-02-04T16:06:27Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 "[[सम्पर्क करी]]" सुरक्षित किया गया।: महत्वपूर्ण पन्ना ([संपादन=माइनजन मात्रके अनुमति दएल जाए] (अनिश... wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ Facebook] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 Google Plus+] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians Twitter] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org E-mail us] |} </center></div> ithgzlif5gh9emax76tqxw291vati8m 60 59 2018-02-07T03:23:31Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +Translate tag wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> <translate> <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[<tvar|facebook-url>https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/</> Facebook] |[<tvar|google+-url>https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545</> Google Plus+] |[<tvar|twitter-url>http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians</> Twitter] |[<tvar|subscr-url>mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org</> E-mail us] |} </center></div></translate> ay95rohrcrj58vu13efmeu5gqwdfonl 61 60 2018-02-07T03:24:16Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 Marked this version for translation wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> <translate> <!--T:1--> <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[<tvar|facebook-url>https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/</> Facebook] |[<tvar|google+-url>https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545</> Google Plus+] |[<tvar|twitter-url>http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians</> Twitter] |[<tvar|subscr-url>mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org</> E-mail us] |} </center></div></translate> e6nhro9sh6xkodcxc7iag1z7mdl33vj 67 61 2018-02-07T03:33:59Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 सुधार wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> <translate> == सम्पर्क करी == <!--T:1--> <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[<tvar|facebook-url>https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/</> फेसबुक] |[<tvar|google+-url>https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545</> गुगल प्लस] |[<tvar|twitter-url>http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians</> ट्विटर] |[<tvar|subscr-url>mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org</> ई-मेल] |} </center></div></translate> 95hq3hbfrwxc6ws7cwmhg1ftc9nv7he 68 67 2018-02-07T03:34:39Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 Marked this version for translation wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> <translate> == सम्पर्क करी == <!--T:1--> <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[<tvar|facebook-url>https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/</> फेसबुक] |[<tvar|google+-url>https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545</> गुगल प्लस] |[<tvar|twitter-url>http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians</> ट्विटर] |[<tvar|subscr-url>mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org</> ई-मेल] |} </center></div></translate> eldx0m7e0ggb6c165x1duzn9yggyolo 79 68 2018-02-07T03:43:41Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> <translate> == सम्पर्क करी == <!--T:1--> <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[<tvar|facebook-url>https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/</> फेसबुक] |[<tvar|google+-url>https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545</> गुगल प्लस] |[<tvar|twitter-url>http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians</> ट्विटर] |[<tvar|subscr-url>mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org</> ई-मेल करी] |} </center></div></translate> ayl5qm716pp4ohx3amv6izr0z0cjvct 1198 35 62 2018-02-07T03:24:28Z FuzzyBot 7 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki सम्पर्क करी fpa87yh2kapl0geyyyotcv3jelnytku 1198 36 63 2018-02-07T03:24:28Z FuzzyBot 7 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[$facebook-url Facebook] |[$google+-url Google Plus+] |[$twitter-url Twitter] |[$subscr-url E-mail us] |} </center></div> 29dgy2q36bn7ok3v3bwlxejiqa7uctd 69 63 2018-02-07T03:34:59Z FuzzyBot 7 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki == सम्पर्क करी == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[$facebook-url फेसबुक] |[$google+-url गुगल प्लस] |[$twitter-url ट्विटर] |[$subscr-url ई-मेल] |} </center></div> 1yvy57oajt6dnqsn7z0egkatt4cq0r5 80 69 2018-02-07T03:44:51Z FuzzyBot 7 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki == सम्पर्क करी == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[$facebook-url फेसबुक] |[$google+-url गुगल प्लस] |[$twitter-url ट्विटर] |[$subscr-url ई-मेल करी] |} </center></div> 8k3zdo374jyhm7k2zzox6b2saejmg1d 0 37 64 2018-02-07T03:24:41Z FuzzyBot 7 Updating to match new version of source page wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ Facebook] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 Google Plus+] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians Twitter] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org E-mail us] |} </center></div> f595jp1e0c3fp667wdjrw0y67053nol 71 64 2018-02-07T03:35:16Z FuzzyBot 7 Updating to match new version of source page wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> == सम्पर्क करी == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ फेसबुक] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 गुगल प्लस] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians ट्विटर] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org ई-मेल] |} </center></div> 9ckre458xyjstwr6z7c27rsizseerj4 81 71 2018-02-07T03:45:02Z FuzzyBot 7 Updating to match new version of source page wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> == सम्पर्क करी == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ फेसबुक] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 गुगल प्लस] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians ट्विटर] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org ई-मेल करी] |} </center></div> 8yifeqr9170ed3uik0gojxgk978valg 1198 38 65 2018-02-07T03:27:49Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 'सम्पर्क करी' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki सम्पर्क करी fpa87yh2kapl0geyyyotcv3jelnytku 76 65 2018-02-07T03:39:22Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 wikitext text/x-wiki सम्पर्क करें 2idk57h2dxs6ugmnuntqywdrlhljou6 0 39 66 2018-02-07T03:27:49Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 'सम्पर्क करी' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ Facebook] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 Google Plus+] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians Twitter] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org E-mail us] |} </center></div> f595jp1e0c3fp667wdjrw0y67053nol 70 66 2018-02-07T03:35:16Z FuzzyBot 7 Updating to match new version of source page wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> == सम्पर्क करी == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ फेसबुक] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 गुगल प्लस] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians ट्विटर] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org ई-मेल] |} </center></div> 9ckre458xyjstwr6z7c27rsizseerj4 78 70 2018-02-07T03:43:02Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 '== सम्पर्क करें == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><...' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> == सम्पर्क करें == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ फेसबुक] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 गुगल प्लस] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians ट्विटर] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org ई-मेल करें] |} </center></div> 5jdu52ys6jlimpcf3h22bq00a4avevx 1198 40 72 2018-02-07T03:37:47Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 'Contact us' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki Contact us 8flz77icq8s7y6fa6rfkdzeh21v2nyn 0 41 73 2018-02-07T03:37:47Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 'Contact us' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> == सम्पर्क करी == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ फेसबुक] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 गुगल प्लस] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians ट्विटर] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org ई-मेल] |} </center></div> 9ckre458xyjstwr6z7c27rsizseerj4 75 73 2018-02-07T03:38:45Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 '== Contact us == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-a...' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> == Contact us == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ Facebook] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 Google plus] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians Twitter] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org E-mail us] |} </center></div> pxo7zd7wen8zg85h26hs3nr7azuxsia 1198 42 74 2018-02-07T03:38:45Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 '== Contact us == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-a...' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki == Contact us == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[$facebook-url Facebook] |[$google+-url Google plus] |[$twitter-url Twitter] |[$subscr-url E-mail us] |} </center></div> gqio9ogjv3ssx4g6g3g13c5x7kz4nvr 1198 43 77 2018-02-07T03:43:02Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 '== सम्पर्क करें == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><...' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki == सम्पर्क करें == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[$facebook-url फेसबुक] |[$google+-url गुगल प्लस] |[$twitter-url ट्विटर] |[$subscr-url ई-मेल करें] |} </center></div> cr8r4h72kza3w89s2hdzhx0qmls9l2y 8 44 82 2018-02-07T03:56:45Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +Sitenotice created wikitext text/x-wiki {|style="margin: auto; align:center; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px; border-color:#0000ff; background-color:#f5fffa;" cellpadding="10" |<center>New user account creation has been disabled temporarily. If you need one, Please [[सम्पर्क करी|contact us]].</center> |} n2pbjujp8peg429ey262m6t2zrllc57 83 82 2018-02-07T03:58:37Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +updated wikitext text/x-wiki {|style="margin: auto; align:center; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px; border-color:#0000ff; background-color:#f5fffa;" cellpadding="10" |<center>New user account creation has been disabled temporarily. If you need one, Please [[सम्पर्क करी/en|contact us]].</center> |} j4qnvx5o2ae17q9vs550iqyezck2ft1 198 83 2023-06-27T08:16:21Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 अनुवाद wikitext text/x-wiki {|style="margin: auto; align:center; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px; border-color:#0000ff; background-color:#f5fffa;" cellpadding="10" |<center>नव प्रयोगकर्ता खाता निर्माण अस्थायी रूपसँ अक्षम कएल गेल अछि। अगर अहाँ के एकटा खाता चाही त कृपया [[सम्पर्क करी]]।</center> |} g1jsa7wdmkyzpeqklloqzy6kwult1b8 8 45 85 2018-02-07T04:37:51Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 +updated wikitext text/x-wiki हटावी b3tfhnygsoaaskkd9uifafyyfjaz0cw 2 47 96 2018-03-01T15:50:16Z Jayprakash12345 8 '{{#babel:hi|en-2}} Hello, My name is Jay Prakash. I am from India. I am Mostly Active to Phabricator Wikimedia and Gerrit Wikimedia....' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{#babel:hi|en-2}} Hello, My name is Jay Prakash. I am from India. I am Mostly Active to Phabricator Wikimedia and Gerrit Wikimedia. My IRC nick is same as my Username. == My Activities == *[https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/q/owner:0freerunning%2540gmail.com Gerrit] == My Ideas == [[meta:Mediawiki Awareness and Training in Indic Projects|Mediawiki Awareness and Training in Indic Projects]] == Maa Saraswati == [[File:2 Hindu deity Sarasvati Saraswati on ceramic tile in Munnar Kerala India March 2014.jpg|right|350px]] <div style="color:yellow;background-color:red;float:left;width:300px;border:double;"> हे हंसवाहिनी ज्ञानदायिनी<br> अम्ब विमल मति दे। अम्ब विमल मति दे॥<br> जग सिरमौर बनाएं भारत,<br> वह बल विक्रम दे। वह बल विक्रम दे॥<br> हे हंसवाहिनी ज्ञानदायिनी<br> अम्ब विमल मति दे। अम्ब विमल मति दे॥<br> साहस शील हृदय में भर दे,<br> जीवन त्याग-तपोमर कर दे,<br> संयम सत्य स्नेह का वर दे,<br> स्वाभिमान भर दे। स्वाभिमान भर दे॥1॥<br> हे हंसवाहिनी ज्ञानदायिनी<br> अम्ब विमल मति दे। अम्ब विमल मति दे॥<br> लव, कुश, ध्रुव, प्रहलाद बनें हम<br> मानवता का त्रास हरें हम,<br> सीता, सावित्री, दुर्गा मां,<br> फिर घर-घर भर दे। फिर घर-घर भर दे॥2॥<br> हे हंसवाहिनी ज्ञानदायिनी<br> अम्ब विमल मति दे। अम्ब विमल मति दे॥<br> </div> <div style="color:yellow;background-color:#DEB887;float:left;width:300px;border:double;height:450px;"> या कुन्देन्दुतुषारहारधवला या शुभ्रवस्त्रावृता<br> या वीणावरदण्डमण्डितकरा या श्वेतपद्मासना।<br> या ब्रह्माच्युत शंकरप्रभृतिभिर्देवैः सदा वन्दिता<br> सा मां पातु सरस्वती भगवती निःशेषजाड्यापहा ॥1॥<br> शुक्लां ब्रह्मविचार सार परमामाद्यां जगद्व्यापिनीं<br> वीणा-पुस्तक-धारिणीमभयदां जाड्यान्धकारापहाम्‌।<br> हस्ते स्फटिकमालिकां विदधतीं पद्मासने संस्थिताम्‌<br> वन्दे तां परमेश्वरीं भगवतीं बुद्धिप्रदां शारदाम्‌॥2॥<br> </div> hzy05kaq161rrudlpid63xb9l8xtcqf 10 48 97 2016-04-16T16:58:30Z wikipedia:en>SiBr4 0 Allow substituting per talk page wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Reply to|replyto|<noinclude>example=Example</noinclude>|max=50}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> r4iis6ahgpah12nbgyv02cq29nsccah 98 97 2018-03-01T17:54:55Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Reply_to]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल: Importing template wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Reply to|replyto|<noinclude>example=Example</noinclude>|max=50}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> r4iis6ahgpah12nbgyv02cq29nsccah 10 49 99 2018-01-30T04:14:07Z wikipedia:en>DocWatson42 0 Cleaned up [[MOS:LAYOUTlayout]]. wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Please place categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{template shortcut|ping|re|replyto|reply|yo}} {{Lua|Module:Reply to}} {{High-risk|approximately 100,000}} This template is used to link one or more users' names, in the form "<kbd>@Username:</kbd>", to trigger a [[Wikipedia:Notifications|notification]] for user(s) you are replying to in a discussion. The notification will only work successfully if you sign your post in the same edit in which you use this template. If you make a mistake in placing this template or in signing, see [[Help:Fixing failed pings]]. It is an alternative to the {{tl|talkback}} template. It works on any talk page or Wikipedia namespace page. '''You cannot directly type the "@" symbol to notify a user of your reply, you must use the template documented here or manually create a [[WP:WIKILINK|wikilink]] to their [[WP:USERPAGE|user page]].<br /> The "@" symbol is used by this template for display purposes only.''' This template is particularly helpful in discussions that are not threaded, to indicate which user's comment is referenced. If you feel that this template unnecessarily personalizes the discussion, you may still use the {{tl|talkback}} template on the user's talk page to indicate that you have replied to a comment. IP addresses are only notified if you post to their user talk page. == Usage == <nowiki>{{reply to|Username}} Message text. ~~~~</nowiki> The edit that adds this template '''must''' be signed with new signature tildes at a minimum, or the notification(s) will not work. See [[Wikipedia:Notifications]] and [[:mw:Help:Echo#Technical details]] for more information. It is not necessary to use this template to ping the user if you are already linking to the username from your post, neither is it necessary when posting on their own talk page. Note: Wikipedia does not support using the at sign in a reply to notify the user you are replying to, as many discussion boards do. While Wikipedia shows the results of using this template with an at sign, you must either use a template or directly link to the user's user page (e.g. <code><nowiki>[[User:Example|@Example]]</nowiki></code>) to ping them. <code><s><nowiki>@Username Message text. ~~~~</nowiki></s></code> '''''DOES NOT WORK''''' === Single recipient === Use the following syntax: <nowiki>{{reply to|Username}} Message text. ~~~~</nowiki> For example, <code>{{tlf|Reply to|Jimbo Wales}}</code> generates "@{{noping|Jimbo Wales}}:" and notifies {{noping|Jimbo Wales}} The comment must be signed and belong to a named section of a "Talk" or "Wikipedia" namespace page in order for the notification to work. === Multiple recipients === You can reply to up to 50 people at once. Use the following syntax: <nowiki>{{reply to|User1|User2|User3|User4|User5|User6|User7|User8|User9|User10|...}} Message text. ~~~~</nowiki> For example, <code><nowiki>{{reply to|Example|Jimbo Wales}}</nowiki></code> will produce: {{reply to|Example|Jimbo Wales}} '''''Warning:'' If the total number of detected to-be-pinged users in an edit exceeds 50, no notifications will be delivered.''' === Specify a nickname === You can display any text in place of a username by using {{para|labelX}}, where X is the index of a positional parameter, counting from 1. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|2=Example|3=label1=Exemplar|4=Example2|5=label2=John}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|label1=Exemplar|Example2|label2=John}}" You can also use {{para|label}} in place of {{para|label1}}. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|2=Example|3=label=John}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|label=John}}" === Specify a prefix === To change the prefix, use {{para|prefix|''custom prefix''}}. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=prefix=Hello&amp;nbsp; }}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|prefix=Hello&nbsp;}}" Or you can remove the prefix entirely by using {{para|prefix}}. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=prefix=}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|prefix=}}" === Customise punctuation === By default, the template will insert a colon after the final name. To change this, specify the required character using the {{para|p}} parameter. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=p=—}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|p=—}}" The parameter omits leading or trailing spaces. Use <code>&amp;nbsp;</code> instead. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=p=&amp;nbsp;–}} Text message</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|p=&nbsp;–}} Text message" To simply remove the colon, use the parameter with an empty value: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=p=}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|p=}}" === Customise conjunction === By default, the template will use the word "and" between multiple names. To change this, specify the required conjunction using the {{para|c}} parameter. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|Example2|4=c=or}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|Example2|c=or}}" :"<code>Neither {{tlf|reply to|Example|Example2|Example3|5=c=nor}}</code>" produces "Neither {{reply to|Example|Example2|Example3|c=nor}}" To simply remove the conjunction, use the parameter with an empty value: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|Example2|4=c=}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|Example2|c=}}" === Or don't use! === If you are using the {{para|prefix}} and {{para|p}} together to just display one user name, then there is no need to use this template. Simply code <code>&#x5B;[User:''username''|]]</code> or {{tlx|u|''username''}}. This will generate the same notifications as are generated by the template. === Error messages === Sometimes, when the recipient's username contains an equal sign, for example <code><nowiki>{{reply to|test=test}}</nowiki></code>, it will show:<br /> {{reply to|test=test}} <br /> To fix this, simply add 1= at the beginning of the username, 2= at the second username, 3= at the third username and so on:<br /> <code><nowiki>{{reply to|1=test=test}}</nowiki></code> == Redirects == * {{Tlx|Ping}} * {{Tlx|Re}} * {{Tlx|Replyto}} * {{Tlx|Reply}} * {{Tlx|Yo}} * {{Plain link|url={{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Reply to|hidelinks=1&hidetrans=1}}|name=''Complete list of (alias) redirects''}}<!-- checks WhatLinksHere to template, not doc --> == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "label": "Username #1", "description": "The name of the first user that you want to notify", "type": "wiki-user-name", "required": true }, "2": { "label": "Username #2", "description": "The name of the second user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "3": { "label": "Username #3", "description": "The name of the third user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "4": { "label": "Username #4", "description": "The name of the fourth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "5": { "label": "Username #5", "description": "The name of the fifth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "6": { "label": "Username #6", "description": "The name of the sixth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "7": { "label": "Username #7", "description": "The name of the seventh user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "8": { "label": "Username #8", "description": "The name of the eighth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "9": { "label": "Username #9", "description": "The name of the ninth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "10": { "label": "Username #10", "description": "The name of the tenth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "label1": { "aliases": [ "label" ], "label": "Label #1", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the first username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "c": { "label": "Conjunction", "description": "Custom conjunction to be displayed between the last two names (defaults to 'and')", "type": "string", "default": "and", }, "label2": { "label": "Label #2", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the second username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label3": { "label": "Label #3", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the third username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label4": { "label": "Label #4", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the fourth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label5": { "label": "Label #5", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the fifth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label6": { "label": "Label #6", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the sixth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label7": { "label": "Label #7", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the seventh username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label8": { "label": "Label #8", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the eighth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label9": { "label": "Label #9", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the ninth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label10": { "label": "Label #10", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the tenth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "p": { "label": "End punctuation", "description": "Custom punctuation to be displayed after the final name (defaults to ':')", "type": "string", "default": ":", }, "prefix": { "label": "Prefix", "description": "Custom prefix to be displayed before the first name (defaults to '@')", "type": "string", "default": "@", } }, "description": "Trigger a notification to one or several registered user(s) you are replying to in a discussion.", "paramOrder": [ "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10", "label1", "label2", "label3", "label4", "label5", "label6", "label7", "label8", "label9", "label10", "p", "c", "prefix" ] } </templatedata> == See also == * [[Module:Reply to]] – the Lua module on which this template is based * {{tl|user link}} – Links to a single user's page (without the @ sign and colon) * {{tl|hidden ping}} – Notifies one or more users without displaying any text * {{tl|noping}} – Links a user's name without triggering the Echo notification system * {{tl|to}} – Uses "To " (with a space) at the beginning instead of the @ sign * {{t|talkback}} – Allows a user to direct the attention of another user to a discussion via a notification * [[:mw:Manual:Echo|Manual:Echo]] – the manual page for the underlying ''Echo'' feature that provides the notifications * [[Help:Fixing failed pings]] <includeonly> {{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox | | <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Username internal link templates]] }}</includeonly> tpenfzg41k67scq7mxuqt1t68wj1ajo 100 99 2018-03-01T17:55:14Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Reply_to/doc]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल: Importing template doc wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Please place categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{template shortcut|ping|re|replyto|reply|yo}} {{Lua|Module:Reply to}} {{High-risk|approximately 100,000}} This template is used to link one or more users' names, in the form "<kbd>@Username:</kbd>", to trigger a [[Wikipedia:Notifications|notification]] for user(s) you are replying to in a discussion. The notification will only work successfully if you sign your post in the same edit in which you use this template. If you make a mistake in placing this template or in signing, see [[Help:Fixing failed pings]]. It is an alternative to the {{tl|talkback}} template. It works on any talk page or Wikipedia namespace page. '''You cannot directly type the "@" symbol to notify a user of your reply, you must use the template documented here or manually create a [[WP:WIKILINK|wikilink]] to their [[WP:USERPAGE|user page]].<br /> The "@" symbol is used by this template for display purposes only.''' This template is particularly helpful in discussions that are not threaded, to indicate which user's comment is referenced. If you feel that this template unnecessarily personalizes the discussion, you may still use the {{tl|talkback}} template on the user's talk page to indicate that you have replied to a comment. IP addresses are only notified if you post to their user talk page. == Usage == <nowiki>{{reply to|Username}} Message text. ~~~~</nowiki> The edit that adds this template '''must''' be signed with new signature tildes at a minimum, or the notification(s) will not work. See [[Wikipedia:Notifications]] and [[:mw:Help:Echo#Technical details]] for more information. It is not necessary to use this template to ping the user if you are already linking to the username from your post, neither is it necessary when posting on their own talk page. Note: Wikipedia does not support using the at sign in a reply to notify the user you are replying to, as many discussion boards do. While Wikipedia shows the results of using this template with an at sign, you must either use a template or directly link to the user's user page (e.g. <code><nowiki>[[User:Example|@Example]]</nowiki></code>) to ping them. <code><s><nowiki>@Username Message text. ~~~~</nowiki></s></code> '''''DOES NOT WORK''''' === Single recipient === Use the following syntax: <nowiki>{{reply to|Username}} Message text. ~~~~</nowiki> For example, <code>{{tlf|Reply to|Jimbo Wales}}</code> generates "@{{noping|Jimbo Wales}}:" and notifies {{noping|Jimbo Wales}} The comment must be signed and belong to a named section of a "Talk" or "Wikipedia" namespace page in order for the notification to work. === Multiple recipients === You can reply to up to 50 people at once. Use the following syntax: <nowiki>{{reply to|User1|User2|User3|User4|User5|User6|User7|User8|User9|User10|...}} Message text. ~~~~</nowiki> For example, <code><nowiki>{{reply to|Example|Jimbo Wales}}</nowiki></code> will produce: {{reply to|Example|Jimbo Wales}} '''''Warning:'' If the total number of detected to-be-pinged users in an edit exceeds 50, no notifications will be delivered.''' === Specify a nickname === You can display any text in place of a username by using {{para|labelX}}, where X is the index of a positional parameter, counting from 1. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|2=Example|3=label1=Exemplar|4=Example2|5=label2=John}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|label1=Exemplar|Example2|label2=John}}" You can also use {{para|label}} in place of {{para|label1}}. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|2=Example|3=label=John}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|label=John}}" === Specify a prefix === To change the prefix, use {{para|prefix|''custom prefix''}}. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=prefix=Hello&amp;nbsp; }}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|prefix=Hello&nbsp;}}" Or you can remove the prefix entirely by using {{para|prefix}}. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=prefix=}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|prefix=}}" === Customise punctuation === By default, the template will insert a colon after the final name. To change this, specify the required character using the {{para|p}} parameter. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=p=—}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|p=—}}" The parameter omits leading or trailing spaces. Use <code>&amp;nbsp;</code> instead. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=p=&amp;nbsp;–}} Text message</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|p=&nbsp;–}} Text message" To simply remove the colon, use the parameter with an empty value: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|3=p=}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|p=}}" === Customise conjunction === By default, the template will use the word "and" between multiple names. To change this, specify the required conjunction using the {{para|c}} parameter. For example: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|Example2|4=c=or}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|Example2|c=or}}" :"<code>Neither {{tlf|reply to|Example|Example2|Example3|5=c=nor}}</code>" produces "Neither {{reply to|Example|Example2|Example3|c=nor}}" To simply remove the conjunction, use the parameter with an empty value: :"<code>{{tlf|reply to|Example|Example2|4=c=}}</code>" produces "{{reply to|Example|Example2|c=}}" === Or don't use! === If you are using the {{para|prefix}} and {{para|p}} together to just display one user name, then there is no need to use this template. Simply code <code>&#x5B;[User:''username''|]]</code> or {{tlx|u|''username''}}. This will generate the same notifications as are generated by the template. === Error messages === Sometimes, when the recipient's username contains an equal sign, for example <code><nowiki>{{reply to|test=test}}</nowiki></code>, it will show:<br /> {{reply to|test=test}} <br /> To fix this, simply add 1= at the beginning of the username, 2= at the second username, 3= at the third username and so on:<br /> <code><nowiki>{{reply to|1=test=test}}</nowiki></code> == Redirects == * {{Tlx|Ping}} * {{Tlx|Re}} * {{Tlx|Replyto}} * {{Tlx|Reply}} * {{Tlx|Yo}} * {{Plain link|url={{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Reply to|hidelinks=1&hidetrans=1}}|name=''Complete list of (alias) redirects''}}<!-- checks WhatLinksHere to template, not doc --> == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "label": "Username #1", "description": "The name of the first user that you want to notify", "type": "wiki-user-name", "required": true }, "2": { "label": "Username #2", "description": "The name of the second user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "3": { "label": "Username #3", "description": "The name of the third user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "4": { "label": "Username #4", "description": "The name of the fourth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "5": { "label": "Username #5", "description": "The name of the fifth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "6": { "label": "Username #6", "description": "The name of the sixth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "7": { "label": "Username #7", "description": "The name of the seventh user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "8": { "label": "Username #8", "description": "The name of the eighth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "9": { "label": "Username #9", "description": "The name of the ninth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "10": { "label": "Username #10", "description": "The name of the tenth user you want to notify (optional)", "type": "wiki-user-name" }, "label1": { "aliases": [ "label" ], "label": "Label #1", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the first username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "c": { "label": "Conjunction", "description": "Custom conjunction to be displayed between the last two names (defaults to 'and')", "type": "string", "default": "and", }, "label2": { "label": "Label #2", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the second username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label3": { "label": "Label #3", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the third username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label4": { "label": "Label #4", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the fourth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label5": { "label": "Label #5", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the fifth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label6": { "label": "Label #6", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the sixth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label7": { "label": "Label #7", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the seventh username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label8": { "label": "Label #8", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the eighth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label9": { "label": "Label #9", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the ninth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "label10": { "label": "Label #10", "description": "An alternative nickname to be displayed instead of the tenth username (optional)", "type": "string" }, "p": { "label": "End punctuation", "description": "Custom punctuation to be displayed after the final name (defaults to ':')", "type": "string", "default": ":", }, "prefix": { "label": "Prefix", "description": "Custom prefix to be displayed before the first name (defaults to '@')", "type": "string", "default": "@", } }, "description": "Trigger a notification to one or several registered user(s) you are replying to in a discussion.", "paramOrder": [ "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10", "label1", "label2", "label3", "label4", "label5", "label6", "label7", "label8", "label9", "label10", "p", "c", "prefix" ] } </templatedata> == See also == * [[Module:Reply to]] – the Lua module on which this template is based * {{tl|user link}} – Links to a single user's page (without the @ sign and colon) * {{tl|hidden ping}} – Notifies one or more users without displaying any text * {{tl|noping}} – Links a user's name without triggering the Echo notification system * {{tl|to}} – Uses "To " (with a space) at the beginning instead of the @ sign * {{t|talkback}} – Allows a user to direct the attention of another user to a discussion via a notification * [[:mw:Manual:Echo|Manual:Echo]] – the manual page for the underlying ''Echo'' feature that provides the notifications * [[Help:Fixing failed pings]] <includeonly> {{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox | | <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Username internal link templates]] }}</includeonly> tpenfzg41k67scq7mxuqt1t68wj1ajo 10 50 101 2015-12-26T16:25:12Z wikipedia:en>Frietjes 0 documentation does this wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:list|bulleted}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 6i48hhgfh5fc81eswo5wmwb9rx7sypn 102 101 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Bulleted_list]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:list|bulleted}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 6i48hhgfh5fc81eswo5wmwb9rx7sypn 10 51 103 2016-04-11T17:18:54Z wikipedia:en>Rich Farmbrough 0 Undid revision 714753814 by [[Special:Contributions/Rich Farmbrough|Rich Farmbrough]] ([[User talk:Rich Farmbrough|talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> o4ddn701tao1ufdnkxe1wdgz5b5ga84 104 103 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Documentation]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> o4ddn701tao1ufdnkxe1wdgz5b5ga84 10 52 105 2014-07-18T09:37:22Z wikipedia:en>Sardanaphalus 0 Added 1.0em margin so template looks less a part of subsequent content and amended code layout -- hope neither of these too controversial wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = '''This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]] for {{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}'''.<br />It contains usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> iwoex9r4jjje2jlwm8eygcyef0s6hzx 106 105 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Documentation_subpage]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = '''This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]] for {{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}'''.<br />It contains usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> iwoex9r4jjje2jlwm8eygcyef0s6hzx 10 53 107 2018-02-20T03:34:02Z wikipedia:en>Wbm1058 0 add optional parameter to show additional information. using it on [[Template:Infobox]] documentation page. wikitext text/x-wiki {{ombox | type = content | image = [[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]] | imageright = | text = '''This {{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=Lua module |#default=template }} is used on <span class="plainlinks">[https://tools.wmflabs.org/templatecount/index.php?lang=en&namespace={{NAMESPACENUMBER:{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}&name={{urlencode:{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{PAGENAME}} }}}} {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{formatnum:{{{1}}}}}|a very large number of}} pages]</span>.'''{{#if:{{{info|}}}|<br />{{{info}}}}}<br />To avoid large-scale disruption and unnecessary server load, any changes to this {{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=module |#default=template }} should first be tested in its [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} }}/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} }}/testcases|/testcases]] subpages{{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=. |#default=&#32;or in your own [[Wikipedia:Subpages#How to create user subpages|user subpage]]. }} The tested changes can then be added to this page in a single edit. Please consider discussing any changes {{#if:{{{2|}}}|at [[{{{2}}}]]|on the [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{TALKSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{TALKPAGENAME}} }}|talk page]]}} before implementing them. }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> ri2f5z0xlo9bloylz6zogx67uowijqs 108 107 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:High-risk]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{ombox | type = content | image = [[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]] | imageright = | text = '''This {{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=Lua module |#default=template }} is used on <span class="plainlinks">[https://tools.wmflabs.org/templatecount/index.php?lang=en&namespace={{NAMESPACENUMBER:{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}&name={{urlencode:{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{PAGENAME}} }}}} {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{formatnum:{{{1}}}}}|a very large number of}} pages]</span>.'''{{#if:{{{info|}}}|<br />{{{info}}}}}<br />To avoid large-scale disruption and unnecessary server load, any changes to this {{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=module |#default=template }} should first be tested in its [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} }}/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} }}/testcases|/testcases]] subpages{{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=. |#default=&#32;or in your own [[Wikipedia:Subpages#How to create user subpages|user subpage]]. }} The tested changes can then be added to this page in a single edit. Please consider discussing any changes {{#if:{{{2|}}}|at [[{{{2}}}]]|on the [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{TALKSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{TALKPAGENAME}} }}|talk page]]}} before implementing them. }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> ri2f5z0xlo9bloylz6zogx67uowijqs 10 54 109 2018-02-23T17:02:35Z wikipedia:en>Primefac 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Lua]]": [[WP:HIGHRISK|high-risk]] template with 2000+ transclusions ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> pnmjp3f3fl321yf2jpg5syebi412n7b 110 109 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Lua]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> pnmjp3f3fl321yf2jpg5syebi412n7b 10 55 111 2014-02-12T13:48:55Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 convert to Lua version at [[Module:No ping]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:No ping|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 923kfe9snhsebmdq1kud1oekizz5d1o 112 111 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Noping]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:No ping|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 923kfe9snhsebmdq1kud1oekizz5d1o 10 56 113 2013-10-20T12:45:08Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 switch to Lua version wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 1o93yrjvq6v2ylug2k0uaaltljurje2 114 113 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Ombox]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 1o93yrjvq6v2ylug2k0uaaltljurje2 10 57 115 2015-09-07T00:44:14Z wikipedia:en>HJ Mitchell 0 Changed protection level of Template:Para: lower to TE per request; also removed from [[WP:CASC]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="nowrap" {{#if:{{{plain|}}}|style="border:none;background-color:inherit;color:inherit;"}}>&#124;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> byvvhmp41qjgp4713oxicsdwzjqb1b0 116 115 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Para]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="nowrap" {{#if:{{{plain|}}}|style="border:none;background-color:inherit;color:inherit;"}}>&#124;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> byvvhmp41qjgp4713oxicsdwzjqb1b0 10 58 117 2017-08-29T18:25:20Z wikipedia:en>JJMC89 0 typo in last edit wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="plainlinks">{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{2|{{{NAME|{{{name|}}}}}}}}} |[{{{1|{{{URL|{{{url}}}}}}}}} {{{2|{{{NAME|{{{name|}}}}}}}}}] |[{{{1|{{{URL|{{{url}}}}}}}}}] }}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 4ksm928qcz1wzong5bwawgcsgfzt0v4 118 117 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Plain_link]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="plainlinks">{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{2|{{{NAME|{{{name|}}}}}}}}} |[{{{1|{{{URL|{{{url}}}}}}}}} {{{2|{{{NAME|{{{name|}}}}}}}}}] |[{{{1|{{{URL|{{{url}}}}}}}}}] }}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 4ksm928qcz1wzong5bwawgcsgfzt0v4 10 59 119 2010-09-11T03:24:59Z wikipedia:en>NuclearWarfare 0 Protected Template:T: [[WP:HRT|Highly visible template]] ([edit=sysop] (indefinite) [move=sysop] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:tl]] <!-- Used as Template:tl throughout English Wikipedia; demo template referenced only on meta -> 74rtluejlc1izdmxf0pe9y03u63c8ez 120 119 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:T]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:tl]] <!-- Used as Template:tl throughout English Wikipedia; demo template referenced only on meta -> 74rtluejlc1izdmxf0pe9y03u63c8ez 10 60 121 2018-02-23T16:30:31Z wikipedia:en>Primefac 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:TemplateData header]]": [[WP:HIGHRISK|high-risk]] template with 4000+ transclusions ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|{{Template error report}}|This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|TemplateData|[[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}} documentation for this template used by [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools; {{Template error report|lc=yes}}}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| [[Category:TemplateData documentation]] }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 1lgj007izalttlek052vptodul1clkt 122 121 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:TemplateData_header]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|{{Template error report}}|This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|TemplateData|[[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}} documentation for this template used by [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools; {{Template error report|lc=yes}}}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| [[Category:TemplateData documentation]] }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 1lgj007izalttlek052vptodul1clkt 10 61 123 2018-02-23T16:30:31Z wikipedia:en>Primefac 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Template error report]]": [[WP:HIGHRISK|high-risk]] template with 4000+ transclusions ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|S|s}}ee the [https://tools.wmflabs.org/bambots/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{{1|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}}} monthly error report] for this template.<noinclude> {{documentation}} [[Category:External link templates]]</noinclude> 58xkdtdvcn1dijd3bs4zlibe610r8r1 124 123 2018-03-01T17:57:23Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Template_error_report]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|S|s}}ee the [https://tools.wmflabs.org/bambots/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{{1|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}}} monthly error report] for this template.<noinclude> {{documentation}} [[Category:External link templates]]</noinclude> 58xkdtdvcn1dijd3bs4zlibe610r8r1 10 62 125 2017-11-28T13:15:39Z wikipedia:en>Evad37 0 update style to match {{shortcut}}, per talk wikitext text/x-wiki <div role="note" class="shortcutbox shortcutbox-left plainlist plainlinks noprint" style="<!-- -->{{#switch:{{{clear|}}} |true=clear:{{{float|right}}}; |left|right|both=clear:{{{clear|}}}; |#default=}}<!-- -->float: {{#ifeq:{{{float|}}}|left|left|right}};<!-- -->margin: {{{top|0em}}} {{#ifeq:{{{float|}}}|left|1em 0em 0em|0em 0em 1em}};<!-- -->border: 1px solid #aaa; background: #fff; padding: 0.3em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; text-align: center; font-size: 85%; font-weight: bold;"><!-- Adding the shortcut links: --><div style="display: inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; line-height: 1.5em; font-weight: normal; margin-bottom: .2em;">{{#if:{{{redirect|}}} |Redirect |Shortcut}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|s}}</div> {{bulleted list | {{#if: {{{1|<noinclude>{{PAGENAME}}</noinclude>}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{1}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{1}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{1|<noinclude>{{PAGENAME}}</noinclude>}}}|{{#if:true|{{{1|<noinclude>{{PAGENAME}}</noinclude>}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{2|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{2}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{2}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{2}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{2}}}|{{#if:true|{{{2}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{3|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre3|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{3}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{3}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{3}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{3}}}|{{#if:true|{{{3}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{4|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre4|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{4}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{4}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{4}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{4}}}|{{#if:true|{{{4}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{5|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre5|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{5}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{5}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{5}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{5}}}|{{#if:true|{{{5}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{6|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre6|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{6}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{6}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{6}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{6}}}|{{#if:true|{{{6}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{7|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre7|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{7}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{7}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{7}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{7}}}|{{#if:true|{{{7}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{8|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre8|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{8}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{8}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{8}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{8}}}|{{#if:true|{{{8}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{9|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre9|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{9}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{9}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{9}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{9}}}|{{#if:true|{{{9}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{10|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre10|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{10}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{10}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{10}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{10}}}|{{#if:true|{{{10}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- -->}}<!-- --></div><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 6jehv2ex3xjowwoqdbctmw8s94u28h7 126 125 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Template_shortcut]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <div role="note" class="shortcutbox shortcutbox-left plainlist plainlinks noprint" style="<!-- -->{{#switch:{{{clear|}}} |true=clear:{{{float|right}}}; |left|right|both=clear:{{{clear|}}}; |#default=}}<!-- -->float: {{#ifeq:{{{float|}}}|left|left|right}};<!-- -->margin: {{{top|0em}}} {{#ifeq:{{{float|}}}|left|1em 0em 0em|0em 0em 1em}};<!-- -->border: 1px solid #aaa; background: #fff; padding: 0.3em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; text-align: center; font-size: 85%; font-weight: bold;"><!-- Adding the shortcut links: --><div style="display: inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; line-height: 1.5em; font-weight: normal; margin-bottom: .2em;">{{#if:{{{redirect|}}} |Redirect |Shortcut}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|s}}</div> {{bulleted list | {{#if: {{{1|<noinclude>{{PAGENAME}}</noinclude>}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{1}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{1}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{1|<noinclude>{{PAGENAME}}</noinclude>}}}|{{#if:true|{{{1|<noinclude>{{PAGENAME}}</noinclude>}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{2|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{2}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{2}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{2}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{2}}}|{{#if:true|{{{2}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{3|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre3|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{3}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{3}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{3}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{3}}}|{{#if:true|{{{3}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{4|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre4|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{4}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{4}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{4}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{4}}}|{{#if:true|{{{4}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{5|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre5|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{5}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{5}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{5}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{5}}}|{{#if:true|{{{5}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{6|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre6|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{6}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{6}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{6}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{6}}}|{{#if:true|{{{6}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{7|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre7|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{7}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{7}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{7}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{7}}}|{{#if:true|{{{7}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{8|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre8|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{8}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{8}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{8}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{8}}}|{{#if:true|{{{8}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{9|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre9|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{9}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{9}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{9}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{9}}}|{{#if:true|{{{9}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- --> | {{#if:{{{10|}}} | &#123;&#123;{{{pre10|}}}{{#ifexist:Template:{{{10}}} |[{{fullurl:Template:{{{10}}}|redirect=no}} {{#if:true|{{{10}}}}}] |[[Template:{{{10}}}|{{#if:true|{{{10}}}}}]]}}&#125;&#125; }}<!-- -->}}<!-- --></div><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 6jehv2ex3xjowwoqdbctmw8s94u28h7 10 63 127 2017-04-19T22:28:34Z wikipedia:en>Lectonar 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Tl]]": request at rfp ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> h0vr3yvr9jdyd17x82vnav21ngwmxuk 128 127 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Tl]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> h0vr3yvr9jdyd17x82vnav21ngwmxuk 10 64 129 2016-05-28T14:18:30Z wikipedia:en>Ymblanter 0 Changed protection level of Template:Tlf: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">&#123;&#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlf&#124;...}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &#124;{{{2}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &#124;{{{3}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &#124;{{{4}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &#124;{{{5}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &#124;{{{6}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &#124;{{{7}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &#124;{{{8}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &#124;{{{9}}} | }}<!-- -->&#125;&#125;</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc sub-page, not here! --> </noinclude> mz6t9o5pdzfguxfj2q86tiqdtff1jpr 130 129 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Tlf]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">&#123;&#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlf&#124;...}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &#124;{{{2}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &#124;{{{3}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &#124;{{{4}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &#124;{{{5}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &#124;{{{6}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &#124;{{{7}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &#124;{{{8}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &#124;{{{9}}} | }}<!-- -->&#125;&#125;</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc sub-page, not here! --> </noinclude> mz6t9o5pdzfguxfj2q86tiqdtff1jpr 10 65 131 2018-01-21T23:12:17Z wikipedia:en>Redrose64 0 [[MOS:ELLIPSIS]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- --><code><!-- --><nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{#if:{{{subst|}}} |[[Help:Substitution|subst]]:}}<!-- -->[[{{{LANG|}}}{{{SISTER|}}}{{ns:Template}}:{{{1|}}}|{{{1|}}}]]<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}} |&#124;{{{2}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}} |&#124;{{{3}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}} |&#124;{{{4}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{5|}}} |&#124;{{{5}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{6|}}} |&#124;{{{6}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{7|}}} |&#124;{{{7}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{8|}}} |&#124;{{{8}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{9|}}} |&#124;{{{9}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{10|}}} |&#124;{{{10}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{11|}}} |&#124;{{{11}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{12|}}} |&#124;''...''}}<!-- --><nowiki>}}</nowiki><!-- --></code><!-- --></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}</noinclude> 0dyhbuugzgzyax8gcf5l4wyycg4mps7 132 131 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Tlx]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- --><code><!-- --><nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{#if:{{{subst|}}} |[[Help:Substitution|subst]]:}}<!-- -->[[{{{LANG|}}}{{{SISTER|}}}{{ns:Template}}:{{{1|}}}|{{{1|}}}]]<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}} |&#124;{{{2}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}} |&#124;{{{3}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}} |&#124;{{{4}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{5|}}} |&#124;{{{5}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{6|}}} |&#124;{{{6}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{7|}}} |&#124;{{{7}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{8|}}} |&#124;{{{8}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{9|}}} |&#124;{{{9}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{10|}}} |&#124;{{{10}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{11|}}} |&#124;{{{11}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{12|}}} |&#124;''...''}}<!-- --><nowiki>}}</nowiki><!-- --></code><!-- --></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}</noinclude> 0dyhbuugzgzyax8gcf5l4wyycg4mps7 10 66 133 2018-01-23T08:37:08Z wikipedia:en>MSGJ 0 add support for on/off, per discussion wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> r1wh7ajnm478r67owpatavjany80n9e 134 133 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Yesno]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> r1wh7ajnm478r67owpatavjany80n9e 10 67 135 2018-02-13T20:27:17Z wikipedia:en>WOSlinker 0 separate pp-template not needed wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|no}}}|¬={{{¬|no}}}|def={{{def|no}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 34vmtxa9ubuh1vz2ulp78m5ela68riu 136 135 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Template:Yesno-no]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|no}}}|¬={{{¬|no}}}|def={{{def|no}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 34vmtxa9ubuh1vz2ulp78m5ela68riu 828 68 139 2014-07-22T05:08:26Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 allow invocations specifying the page parameter to use the mw.loadData optimisations, and don't call mw.title.new every time Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p letwavu3yvlayfzew66uuwixmwebq5b 140 139 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Category_handler]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p letwavu3yvlayfzew66uuwixmwebq5b 828 69 141 2016-12-30T14:53:53Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 on second thoughts, blacklisting sandboxes for all templates is probably a bad idea Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikipedia:Template messages/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive', "^Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$", } hwue3i1eua4tsdxlsbcs4f5syudywbe 142 141 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Category_handler/blacklist]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikipedia:Template messages/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive', "^Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$", } hwue3i1eua4tsdxlsbcs4f5syudywbe 828 70 143 2014-07-13T09:05:36Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Category handler/config: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'page', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [108] = true, -- book } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 6ga9hbq2pdwalsvx68i53dmbr421rq5 144 143 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Category_handler/config]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'page', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [108] = true, -- book } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 6ga9hbq2pdwalsvx68i53dmbr421rq5 828 71 145 2014-07-13T09:05:55Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Category handler/data: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data k26mwixuaeijisfddb0sxkg82iux8v4 146 145 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Category_handler/data]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data k26mwixuaeijisfddb0sxkg82iux8v4 828 72 147 2014-07-13T09:06:15Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Category handler/shared: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p omlsnhudxz6juptvtxz7ns97jutbzc5 148 147 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Category_handler/shared]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p omlsnhudxz6juptvtxz7ns97jutbzc5 828 73 149 2016-07-11T04:31:31Z wikipedia:en>Andy M. Wang 0 rm alt text on icon, since the adjacent text, "Template documentation" or "Module documentation", is sufficient alternative text (per [[Special:Diff/729145419|edit request]]) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small style="font-style: normal;">(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') :css('clear', 'both') -- So right or left floating items don't stick out of the doc box. :newline() :done() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.namespace == mw.site.namespaces.Module.id then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text local ret = '<div style="clear: both;"></div>' ret = ret .. messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) return ret end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels, mProtectionBanner local title = env.title protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner') local reason = message('protection-reason-edit') return mProtectionBanner._main{reason, small = true} elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner') return mProtectionBanner._main{action = 'move', small = true} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display') data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display') data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display') data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display') -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%]', '&#93;') return s end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- We are in the template or template talk namespaces. data.headingFontWeight = 'bold' data.headingFontSize = '125%' else data.headingFontSize = '150%' end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :css('padding-bottom', '3px') :css('border-bottom', '1px solid #aaa') :css('margin-bottom', '1ex') :newline() :tag('span') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :css('font-weight', data.headingFontWeight) :css('font-size', data.headingFontSize) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'fmbox-id' --> 'documentation-meta-data' -- 'fmbox-style' --> 'background-color: #ecfcf4' -- 'fmbox-textstyle' --> 'font-style: italic' -- -- The HTML is generated by the {{fmbox}} template, courtesy of [[Module:Message box]]. --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the arguments for {{fmbox}}. local fmargs = {} fmargs.id = message('fmbox-id') -- Sets 'documentation-meta-data' fmargs.image = 'none' fmargs.style = message('fmbox-style') -- Sets 'background-color: #ecfcf4' fmargs.textstyle = message('fmbox-textstyle') -- 'font-style: italic;' -- Assemble the fmbox text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end fmargs.text = text return messageBox.main('fmbox', fmargs) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if subjectSpace == 828 and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p jf2f51u5rzim7qgb93sv92cvfe6ak0s 150 149 2018-03-01T17:57:24Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Documentation]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small style="font-style: normal;">(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') :css('clear', 'both') -- So right or left floating items don't stick out of the doc box. :newline() :done() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.namespace == mw.site.namespaces.Module.id then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text local ret = '<div style="clear: both;"></div>' ret = ret .. messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) return ret end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels, mProtectionBanner local title = env.title protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner') local reason = message('protection-reason-edit') return mProtectionBanner._main{reason, small = true} elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner') return mProtectionBanner._main{action = 'move', small = true} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display') data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display') data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display') data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display') -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%]', '&#93;') return s end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- We are in the template or template talk namespaces. data.headingFontWeight = 'bold' data.headingFontSize = '125%' else data.headingFontSize = '150%' end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :css('padding-bottom', '3px') :css('border-bottom', '1px solid #aaa') :css('margin-bottom', '1ex') :newline() :tag('span') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :css('font-weight', data.headingFontWeight) :css('font-size', data.headingFontSize) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'fmbox-id' --> 'documentation-meta-data' -- 'fmbox-style' --> 'background-color: #ecfcf4' -- 'fmbox-textstyle' --> 'font-style: italic' -- -- The HTML is generated by the {{fmbox}} template, courtesy of [[Module:Message box]]. --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the arguments for {{fmbox}}. local fmargs = {} fmargs.id = message('fmbox-id') -- Sets 'documentation-meta-data' fmargs.image = 'none' fmargs.style = message('fmbox-style') -- Sets 'background-color: #ecfcf4' fmargs.textstyle = message('fmbox-textstyle') -- 'font-style: italic;' -- Assemble the fmbox text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end fmargs.text = text return messageBox.main('fmbox', fmargs) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if subjectSpace == 828 and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p jf2f51u5rzim7qgb93sv92cvfe6ak0s 828 74 151 2016-07-11T04:32:48Z wikipedia:en>Andy M. Wang 0 rm alt text on icon, since the adjacent text is sufficient alternative text (per [[Special:Diff/729145419|edit request]]) Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]] of this template exists at $1.' .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'template-documentation iezoomfix' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- {{fmbox}} template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['fmbox-id'] -- The id sent to the "id" parameter of the {{fmbox}} template. cfg['fmbox-id'] = 'documentation-meta-data' -- cfg['fmbox-style'] -- The value sent to the style parameter of {{fmbox}}. cfg['fmbox-style'] = 'background-color: #ecfcf4' -- cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] -- The value sent to the "textstyle parameter of {{fmbox}}. cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] = 'font-style: italic' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 6hym6c6py8yoseohy71qvk7kafcy1p5 152 151 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Documentation/config]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]] of this template exists at $1.' .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'template-documentation iezoomfix' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- {{fmbox}} template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['fmbox-id'] -- The id sent to the "id" parameter of the {{fmbox}} template. cfg['fmbox-id'] = 'documentation-meta-data' -- cfg['fmbox-style'] -- The value sent to the style parameter of {{fmbox}}. cfg['fmbox-style'] = 'background-color: #ecfcf4' -- cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] -- The value sent to the "textstyle parameter of {{fmbox}}. cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] = 'font-style: italic' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 6hym6c6py8yoseohy71qvk7kafcy1p5 828 75 153 2016-10-13T22:30:40Z wikipedia:en>Jackmcbarn 0 don't error if the page isn't under PC Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p i1wms02y1w048cq6uttka18a5pjzp63 154 153 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Effective_protection_expiry]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p i1wms02y1w048cq6uttka18a5pjzp63 828 76 155 2016-04-06T17:04:11Z wikipedia:en>Jackmcbarn 0 handle extendedconfirmed Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return 'sysop' elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) then -- user JS or CSS page return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 6hocqvqqlqw255k1l856h6hwlqsf6e1 156 155 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Effective_protection_level]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return 'sysop' elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) then -- user JS or CSS page return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 6hocqvqqlqw255k1l856h6hwlqsf6e1 828 77 157 2014-12-18T14:05:07Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 when calling this from wikitext use a more readable error message for missing file parameters Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p bzc22v133v9z5yc4aisazripn6l94p8 158 157 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:File_link]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p bzc22v133v9z5yc4aisazripn6l94p8 828 78 159 2017-08-08T13:55:25Z wikipedia:en>Jdlrobson 0 Minerva skin needs whether an hlist is separated to be explicit (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Village_pump_(technical)#Hlist_bullets_not_shown_in_mobile) Scribunto text/plain -- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted, -- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported. local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes data.classes = {} if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist hlist-separated') elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for i, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for i, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p lkqmcmpfob2c6xhq46f675tm6p136ns 160 159 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:List]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted, -- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported. local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes data.classes = {} if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist hlist-separated') elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for i, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for i, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p lkqmcmpfob2c6xhq46f675tm6p136ns 828 79 161 2017-10-10T17:47:29Z wikipedia:en>MusikAnimal 0 Protected "[[Module:Lua banner]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]]; 1,000+ transclusions ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) boxArgs.text = 'Uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-logo-nolabel.svg|30px|alt=Lua logo|link=Wikipedia:Lua]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if titleObj.namespace == 10 and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Lua String-based templates', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation'] = 'Lua-based citation templates' } categories['Module:Citation/CS1'] = categories['Module:Citation'] category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p l8oeyvtrxsbtfip6xi5evqh3yk40lu5 162 161 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Lua_banner]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) boxArgs.text = 'Uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-logo-nolabel.svg|30px|alt=Lua logo|link=Wikipedia:Lua]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if titleObj.namespace == 10 and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Lua String-based templates', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation'] = 'Lua-based citation templates' } categories['Module:Citation/CS1'] = categories['Module:Citation'] category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p l8oeyvtrxsbtfip6xi5evqh3yk40lu5 828 80 163 2017-10-02T09:03:51Z wikipedia:en>WOSlinker 0 change span to div to reduce lint errors Scribunto text/plain -- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including -- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}. -- Load necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local categoryHandler = require('Module:Category handler')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst. local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() -- Define constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then self.name = args.name if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <small>''(%s)''</small>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px' end -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return categoryHandler{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') :cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil) end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('small') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :css('text-align', 'center') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) o82985w14pvc3irjmn280op991seq7t 164 163 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Message_box]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including -- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}. -- Load necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local categoryHandler = require('Module:Category handler')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst. local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() -- Define constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then self.name = args.name if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <small>''(%s)''</small>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px' end -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return categoryHandler{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') :cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil) end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('small') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :css('text-align', 'center') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) o82985w14pvc3irjmn280op991seq7t 828 81 165 2016-10-03T11:04:13Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 allow all templates to disable the plainlinks class Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageEmptyCellStyle = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes' } } 16xsc67jviirmw0nf2yuxvotqd7rygq 166 165 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Message_box/configuration]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageEmptyCellStyle = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes' } } 16xsc67jviirmw0nf2yuxvotqd7rygq 828 82 167 2014-04-05T17:03:49Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 use cfg.demopage rather than cfg.page now that the default parameter has been changed on the /data page Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 1o6ozz56i8q0xgyl6xa41n2v7kelhli 168 167 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Namespace_detect/config]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 1o6ozz56i8q0xgyl6xa41n2v7kelhli 828 83 169 2014-04-05T17:02:16Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 bug fix - use the demospace parameter as both key and value in the argKeys table Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } ojp6d3pc8mql5nufaqdg576c9so3479 170 169 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Namespace_detect/data]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } ojp6d3pc8mql5nufaqdg576c9so3479 828 84 171 2014-05-02T15:35:56Z wikipedia:en>Jackmcbarn 0 rm name exception Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) gggsv54pq7f94l3up48hr91qtxnskdm 172 171 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:No_globals]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) gggsv54pq7f94l3up48hr91qtxnskdm 828 85 173 2017-04-25T01:30:16Z wikipedia:en>JJMC89 0 Undid revision 775971588 by [[Special:Contributions/Jc86035|Jc86035]] ([[User talk:Jc86035|talk]]) Caused the template to ping users Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{noping}}. local p = {} function p.main(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local ret = {} local fullUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl local format = string.format for i, username in ipairs(args) do local url = fullUrl(mw.site.namespaces.User.name .. ':' .. username) url = tostring(url) local label = args['label' .. tostring(i)] url = format('[%s %s]', url, label or username) ret[#ret + 1] = url end ret = mw.text.listToText(ret) ret = '<span class="plainlinks">' .. ret .. '</span>' return ret end return p 890tvpvugcpkd1bbmliwjuo417yk2gw 174 173 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:No_ping]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{noping}}. local p = {} function p.main(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local ret = {} local fullUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl local format = string.format for i, username in ipairs(args) do local url = fullUrl(mw.site.namespaces.User.name .. ':' .. username) url = tostring(url) local label = args['label' .. tostring(i)] url = format('[%s %s]', url, label or username) ret[#ret + 1] = url end ret = mw.text.listToText(ret) ret = '<span class="plainlinks">' .. ret .. '</span>' return ret end return p 890tvpvugcpkd1bbmliwjuo417yk2gw 828 86 175 2016-09-29T18:32:41Z wikipedia:en>Cenarium 0 remove expiry param (now also automatically retrieved for autoreview) and needsexpiry check Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p ice162y8kua930ie41kredxjaxhzy3y 176 175 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Protection_banner]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p ice162y8kua930ie41kredxjaxhzy3y 828 87 177 2018-01-27T02:46:16Z wikipedia:en>BrownHairedGirl 0 protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', // per [[Wikipedia:Categories_for_discussion/Log/2018_January_5#Category:Wikipedia_protected_pages]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} as a result of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] enforcement or meets the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|criteria for community use]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all IP editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, given that semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for unconversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Padlock-blue.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Padlock-purple.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 2)', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-30-500'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } hhzqd28fj5olzin4eeygno4totrmfh7 178 177 2018-03-01T17:57:25Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Protection_banner/config]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} as a result of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] enforcement or meets the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|criteria for community use]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all IP editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, given that semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for unconversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Padlock-blue.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Padlock-purple.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 2)', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-30-500'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } hhzqd28fj5olzin4eeygno4totrmfh7 828 88 179 2017-07-21T16:31:05Z wikipedia:en>Ahecht 0 user string.format for better readability, use consistent single vs double quotes, simplify error messages Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.replyto(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} local maxArg = 1 local usernames = 0 for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do if type(k) == 'number' then if mw.ustring.match(v,'%S') then if k > maxArg then maxArg = k end usernames = usernames + 1 local title = mw.title.new(v) if not title then return '<strong class="error">Error in [[Template:Reply to]]: Input contains forbidden characters.</strong>' end args[k] = title.rootText end elseif v == '' and k:sub(0,5) == 'label' then args[k] = '&#x200B;' else args[k] = v end end if usernames > (tonumber(frame.args.max) or 50) then return string.format( '<strong class="error">Error in [[Template:Reply to]]: More than %s names specified.</strong>', tostring(frame.args.max or 50) ) else if usernames < 1 then if frame.args.example then args[1] = frame.args.example else return '<strong class="error">Error in [[Template:Reply to]]: Username not given.</strong>' end end local isfirst = true local outStr = '' for i = 1, maxArg do if args[i] then if isfirst then outStr = string.format( '<span class="template-ping">%s[[User:%s|%s]]', args['prefix'] or '@', args[i], (args['label1'] or args['label']) or args[i] ) isfirst = false else if ( (usernames > 2) or ((usernames == 2) and (args['c'] == '')) ) then outStr = outStr..',' end if i == maxArg then outStr = outStr..' '..(args['c'] or 'and') end outStr = string.format( '%s [[User:%s|%s]]', outStr, args[i], args['label'..tostring(i)] or args[i] ) end end end outStr = outStr..(args['p'] or ':')..'</span>' return outStr end end return p lts4m4r1odmipvredblq86fbnp9fs6n 180 179 2018-03-01T17:57:26Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:Reply_to]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.replyto(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} local maxArg = 1 local usernames = 0 for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do if type(k) == 'number' then if mw.ustring.match(v,'%S') then if k > maxArg then maxArg = k end usernames = usernames + 1 local title = mw.title.new(v) if not title then return '<strong class="error">Error in [[Template:Reply to]]: Input contains forbidden characters.</strong>' end args[k] = title.rootText end elseif v == '' and k:sub(0,5) == 'label' then args[k] = '&#x200B;' else args[k] = v end end if usernames > (tonumber(frame.args.max) or 50) then return string.format( '<strong class="error">Error in [[Template:Reply to]]: More than %s names specified.</strong>', tostring(frame.args.max or 50) ) else if usernames < 1 then if frame.args.example then args[1] = frame.args.example else return '<strong class="error">Error in [[Template:Reply to]]: Username not given.</strong>' end end local isfirst = true local outStr = '' for i = 1, maxArg do if args[i] then if isfirst then outStr = string.format( '<span class="template-ping">%s[[User:%s|%s]]', args['prefix'] or '@', args[i], (args['label1'] or args['label']) or args[i] ) isfirst = false else if ( (usernames > 2) or ((usernames == 2) and (args['c'] == '')) ) then outStr = outStr..',' end if i == maxArg then outStr = outStr..' '..(args['c'] or 'and') end outStr = string.format( '%s [[User:%s|%s]]', outStr, args[i], args['label'..tostring(i)] or args[i] ) end end end outStr = outStr..(args['p'] or ':')..'</span>' return outStr end end return p lts4m4r1odmipvredblq86fbnp9fs6n 828 89 181 2014-05-25T14:11:02Z wikipedia:en>Mr. Stradivarius 0 fix cleanPattern function - some of the character classes were still being magic even when they were inside the set, so escape them all Scribunto text/plain --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should -- -- not be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isPositiveInteger(v) if type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will -- generate an error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isNan(v) if type(v) == 'number' and tostring(v) == '-nan' then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.shallowClone(t) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.removeDuplicates(t) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, t, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for i, v in ipairs(t) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v else if not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will -- return {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. s = s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') return s end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like ("foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"), returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- { [1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'} } -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". -- The compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for k in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end return p k1omc17qij757n8hd68yihcqxo4biqi 182 181 2018-03-01T17:57:26Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 [[:wikipedia:en:Module:TableTools]] सँ १ अवतरण आयात कएल गेल Scribunto text/plain --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should -- -- not be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isPositiveInteger(v) if type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will -- generate an error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isNan(v) if type(v) == 'number' and tostring(v) == '-nan' then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.shallowClone(t) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.removeDuplicates(t) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, t, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for i, v in ipairs(t) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v else if not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will -- return {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. s = s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') return s end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like ("foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"), returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- { [1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'} } -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". -- The compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for k in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end return p k1omc17qij757n8hd68yihcqxo4biqi 1198 90 185 2018-10-01T11:14:57Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 'सम्पर्क गर्नुहोस्' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki सम्पर्क गर्नुहोस् dkrlq0rz9lp95nk1w64nrhm5egzn4fx 0 91 186 2018-10-01T11:14:58Z Tulsi Bhagat 5 'सम्पर्क गर्नुहोस्' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <languages/> == सम्पर्क करी == <div style="margin-bottom: 1em; padding: .5em 1em; background: #EDFDEA;" class="plainlinks"><center> {| style="text-align:center;" |- |width=25%|[[File:F icon.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Google plus.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:Twitter logo initial.svg|50px|center]] |width=25%|[[File:New_Logo_Gmail.svg|50px]] |- |[https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/ फेसबुक] |[https://plus.google.com/118087016847902965545 गुगल प्लस] |[http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians ट्विटर] |[mailto:wikimedia-mai@lists.wikimedia.org ई-मेल करी] |} </center></div> 8yifeqr9170ed3uik0gojxgk978valg 10 92 188 2019-03-19T03:35:25Z Biplab Anand 1 '<div style="width:100%"><div class="plainlinks" style="text-align:center; padding:10px; border:1px dotted black;">'''Event organized b...' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="width:100%"><div class="plainlinks" style="text-align:center; padding:10px; border:1px dotted black;">'''Event organized by Maithili Wikimedians</div></div> <gallery mode="packed-hover" heights="170px"> File:Maithili Wikipedia- Womens Edit-a-thon 2016 - 08 March International Women's Day 01 (28).JPG|Maithili Wikipedia- Womens Edit-a-thon 2016 - 08 March International Women's Day. File:Participants (Girls) Holding Banner During 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program.jpg|Participants during 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program. File:Participants In The Conference Hall During 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program.jpg|Participants during 1st Anniversary Of MWUG & Felicitation Program. File:WLE 2016 in Nepal Felicitation Program (33).jpg|Wiki Loves Earth 2016 in Nepal Felicitation Program. File:Wiki Training Session Second 01.JPG|Wiki training session at Rajbiraj. File:Participant of presentation-Outreach program in Janakpur, Nepal-IMG 6867.jpg|Outreach event at Janakpur. File:Maithili Wikimedia Meetup Meetup and Wikipedia 15 Celebration Gathering.JPG|Maithili Wikimedia Meetup Meetup and Wikipedia 15 Celebration Gathering. File:Happyland Higher Sec. School-WEP- Group Pic 2.JPG|Group photo at Happyland Higher Secondary School. File:Wiki Loves Earth 2017 in Nepal Outreach Program in Ilam Nepal 07.jpg|Wiki Loves Earth 2017 in Nepal Outreach Program in Ilam. File:Wiki Loves earth outreach program group photo of Ilam.jpg|Wiki Loves earth outreach program group photo of Ilam. File:Kshitiz Edu. Foundation Rajbiraj WEP Outreach.jpg|Group Photo at Kshitiz Educational Foundation. File:Rajbiraj Model College, WEP 14.JPG|Group photo at Rajbiraj Model College. </gallery> 0yskr4x6egig0hssq6v1bvzs4ctnctl 10 93 189 2019-03-19T03:37:15Z Biplab Anand 1 '{| align="center" cellpadding="2" width="95%" style="background-color:transparent" |- valign="top" | valign="middle" width="16%" | <ce...' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki {| align="center" cellpadding="2" width="95%" style="background-color:transparent" |- valign="top" | valign="middle" width="16%" | <center>[[File:Wikipedia-logo.svg|110px|link=//mai.wikipedia.org|{{{w|Wikipedia}}}]]</center> | valign="middle" width="16%" | <center>[[File:Commons-logo.svg|75px|link=//commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/सम्मुख_पन्ना|{{{c|Wikimedia Commons}}}]]</center> | valign="middle" width="16%" | <center>[[File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|90px|link=//meta.wikimedia.org|{{{m|Meta-wiki}}}]]</center> |- | valign="middle" bgcolor="#D6FFEB" style="border-top: 1px solid #000; border-bottom: 1px solid #000; padding: 4px; border-left: 1px solid #000; -moz-border-radius: 0 0 0 5px; -webkit-border-radius: 0 0 0 5px;" | <center>[//mai.wikipedia.org {{{w|Wikipedia}}}]</center> | valign="middle" bgcolor="#D6FFEB" style="padding: 4px; border-top: 1px solid #000; border-bottom: 1px solid #000;" | <center>[//commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/सम्मुख_पन्ना {{{c|Commons}}}]</center> | valign="middle" bgcolor="#D6FFEB" style="border-top: 1px solid #000; border-bottom: 1px solid #000; padding: 4px; border-right: 1px solid #000; -moz-border-radius: 0 0 5px 0; -webkit-border-radius: 0 0 5px 0;" | <center>[//meta.wikimedia.org {{{m|Meta-wiki}}}]</center> |}<noinclude>[[श्रेणी:Main page]]</noinclude> r7a3mt0z0vn9awd2kdxse8a1t1ykjpa 10 94 190 2019-03-19T03:39:00Z Biplab Anand 1 '__NOTOC__ <center>'''Social Media'''</center> <span class="plainlinks"><center> File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|50px|link=https://lists.wiki...' संग नव पृष्ठ बनाओल गेल wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <center>'''Social Media'''</center> <span class="plainlinks"><center> [[File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|50px|link=https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai]]&nbsp; [[File:F icon.svg|50px|link=https://www.facebook.com/MaithiliWikimedians/]]&nbsp; [[File:AIMMP@Twitter.png|50px|link=http://twitter.com/maiwikimedians]]&nbsp; [[File:Google plus.svg|50px|link=https://plus.google.com/100893647989625445430]]&nbsp; [[File:Youtube icon.svg|50px|link=]]&nbsp; </center></span> <br> <center>'''Contact'''</center> <span class="plainlinks"><center> * E-mail: maithiliwikimedians{{@}}gmail.com &nbsp; * Mailing list - Wikimedia-mai{{@}}lists.wikimedia.org ([https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimedia-mai Become a member]) </center></span> fir9h2p5vsqpvs9874ek8bpqju3rxc0 3 95 194 2022-01-04T18:17:49Z MediaWiki message delivery 11 /* How we will see unregistered users */ नव अनुभाग wikitext text/x-wiki == How we will see unregistered users == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin=content/> Hi! You get this message because you are an admin on a Wikimedia wiki. When someone edits a Wikimedia wiki without being logged in today, we show their IP address. As you may already know, we will not be able to do this in the future. This is a decision by the Wikimedia Foundation Legal department, because norms and regulations for privacy online have changed. Instead of the IP we will show a masked identity. You as an admin '''will still be able to access the IP'''. There will also be a new user right for those who need to see the full IPs of unregistered users to fight vandalism, harassment and spam without being admins. Patrollers will also see part of the IP even without this user right. We are also working on [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation/Improving tools|better tools]] to help. If you have not seen it before, you can [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|read more on Meta]]. If you want to make sure you don’t miss technical changes on the Wikimedia wikis, you can [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|subscribe]] to [[m:Tech/News|the weekly technical newsletter]]. We have [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation#IP Masking Implementation Approaches (FAQ)|two suggested ways]] this identity could work. '''We would appreciate your feedback''' on which way you think would work best for you and your wiki, now and in the future. You can [[m:Talk:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|let us know on the talk page]]. You can write in your language. The suggestions were posted in October and we will decide after 17 January. Thank you. /[[m:User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]]<section end=content/> </div> ००:०२, ५ जनवरी २०२२ (+0545) <!-- https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/Admins2022(5)&oldid=22532651 पर मौजूद सूची का प्रयोग कर के User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki द्वारा भेजा गया सन्देश --> ngr9ucsf1l5vhvxesmzc8sgto3x7dbs 3 96 195 2022-01-04T18:18:49Z MediaWiki message delivery 11 /* How we will see unregistered users */ नव अनुभाग wikitext text/x-wiki == How we will see unregistered users == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin=content/> Hi! You get this message because you are an admin on a Wikimedia wiki. When someone edits a Wikimedia wiki without being logged in today, we show their IP address. As you may already know, we will not be able to do this in the future. This is a decision by the Wikimedia Foundation Legal department, because norms and regulations for privacy online have changed. Instead of the IP we will show a masked identity. You as an admin '''will still be able to access the IP'''. There will also be a new user right for those who need to see the full IPs of unregistered users to fight vandalism, harassment and spam without being admins. Patrollers will also see part of the IP even without this user right. We are also working on [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation/Improving tools|better tools]] to help. If you have not seen it before, you can [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|read more on Meta]]. If you want to make sure you don’t miss technical changes on the Wikimedia wikis, you can [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|subscribe]] to [[m:Tech/News|the weekly technical newsletter]]. We have [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation#IP Masking Implementation Approaches (FAQ)|two suggested ways]] this identity could work. '''We would appreciate your feedback''' on which way you think would work best for you and your wiki, now and in the future. You can [[m:Talk:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|let us know on the talk page]]. You can write in your language. The suggestions were posted in October and we will decide after 17 January. Thank you. /[[m:User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]]<section end=content/> </div> ००:०३, ५ जनवरी २०२२ (+0545) <!-- https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/Admins2022(5)&oldid=22532651 पर मौजूद सूची का प्रयोग कर के User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki द्वारा भेजा गया सन्देश --> ghyv0bs41kpznpy860yu9c87xrubawm 3 97 196 2022-01-04T18:18:49Z MediaWiki message delivery 11 /* How we will see unregistered users */ नव अनुभाग wikitext text/x-wiki == How we will see unregistered users == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin=content/> Hi! You get this message because you are an admin on a Wikimedia wiki. When someone edits a Wikimedia wiki without being logged in today, we show their IP address. As you may already know, we will not be able to do this in the future. This is a decision by the Wikimedia Foundation Legal department, because norms and regulations for privacy online have changed. Instead of the IP we will show a masked identity. You as an admin '''will still be able to access the IP'''. There will also be a new user right for those who need to see the full IPs of unregistered users to fight vandalism, harassment and spam without being admins. Patrollers will also see part of the IP even without this user right. We are also working on [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation/Improving tools|better tools]] to help. If you have not seen it before, you can [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|read more on Meta]]. If you want to make sure you don’t miss technical changes on the Wikimedia wikis, you can [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|subscribe]] to [[m:Tech/News|the weekly technical newsletter]]. We have [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation#IP Masking Implementation Approaches (FAQ)|two suggested ways]] this identity could work. '''We would appreciate your feedback''' on which way you think would work best for you and your wiki, now and in the future. You can [[m:Talk:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|let us know on the talk page]]. You can write in your language. The suggestions were posted in October and we will decide after 17 January. Thank you. /[[m:User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]]<section end=content/> </div> ००:०३, ५ जनवरी २०२२ (+0545) <!-- https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/Admins2022(5)&oldid=22532651 पर मौजूद सूची का प्रयोग कर के User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki द्वारा भेजा गया सन्देश --> ghyv0bs41kpznpy860yu9c87xrubawm